PLANT STUDY OF THE IRON AND STEEL INDUSTRY OF THE USSR: ECONOMIC REGION III

• Document Type: CREST
• Collection: General CIA Records
• Document Number (FOIA) /ESDN (CREST): CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
• Release Decision: RIPPUB
• Original Classification: S
• Document Page Count: 408
• Document Creation Date: November 9, 2016
• Document Release Date: January 22, 1999
• Sequence Number: 3
• Publication Date: August 27, 1954
• Content Type: REPORT

Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDF79-01 093A00060001.0003-9
PROVISIONAL INTELLIGENCE REPORT
PLANT STUDY OF THE IRON AND STEEL INDUSTRY
OF THE USSR: ECONOMIC REGION III
CIA/RR PR-69 roC IN CLASS. 11
[- DFC4 A w
~j-
CLASS. GG TS (~
(ORR Project 2'3.176) WDAT _.__~----
27 August 1954 DAIS. ~ R .ViEwr-r,: 37z
The data and conclusions contained in this report do not
necessarily represent the final position of ORR and should
be regarded as provisional only and subject to revision.
Comments and additional data which may be available to the
user are solicited.
THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION AFFECTING THE NATIONAL
DEFENSE OF THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE
ESPIONAGE LAWS, TITLE 18, USCG SECS. 793 AND 794, THE TRANS-
MISSION OR REVELATION OF WHICH IN ANY MANNER TO AN UNAUTHORIZED
PERSON IS PROHIBITED BY LAW.
Office of Research and Reports,-
Approved For Release 1999/
3A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
This report covers those plants in Economic Region III which pro-
duce metallurgical coke, pig iron, and steel ingots, as well as steel
castings and other types of finished steel. Region III is one of the
.2 most important steel-producing regions in the USSR, accounting for
51.1 percent of the metallurgical coke, 5!-.8 percent of the pig iron,
29.1 percent of the steel, and 29 percent of the finished steel pro-
duced in the USSR. The industry is centralized in two industrial
concentrations: (a) the Middle Dnepr, including parts of the
Dnepropetrovsk and Zaporozhtye Oblasts, and (b) the Donets Basin,
including most of Stalino Oblast and the southern part of Voroshilov-
grad Oblast. The entire peacetime economy of the USSR is integrated
closely with the industry of this region. Although it contributed
little during World War II, the region has the potentiality of
becoming a source of vast quantities of materiel if the need arises.
The primary intelligence value of this report lies in the basic
evaluation of the plant capacity of this region as a contribution to
the capabilities of the USSR in the production of metallurgical coke,
pig iron, steel, and finished steel products. The localization of
industrial centers and individual plants and the evaluation of their
importance in the Soviet iron and steel industry furnish valuable
target information. Regional production estimates of the Soviet iron
and steel industry also serve as a check on Soviet statistics.
This report is one of a series of regional provisional reports
that will provide basic research data for a comprehensive study which
is to be made on the iron and steel industry of the USSR.
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
CONTENTS
Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
I. Stalino Oblast . . . . . . . . . 13
A. Zhdanov Complex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
1. Azovstal Metallurgical Plant imeni Sergo
Ordzhonikidze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
2. I1' ich Steel Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
B. Makeyevka Complex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
3. Makeyevka Metallurgical plant imeni Sergei M.
Kirov . . . . . 61
4. Novo Makeyevka Coke-Chemical Plant No.+4 . . . . ? 76
5. Staro Makeyevka Coke-Chemical Plant No. 5 . . . . . 79
C. St alino Complex . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 81
6. Chumakovo Coke-Chemical Plant . 81
7. Mushketovo Coke-Chemical Plant No. 9 82
8. Novo Smol'yaninov Coke-Chemical Plant . . . . . . . 85
9. Rutchenkovo Coke-Chemical Plant No. 2 imeni Kirov 87
10. Stalino Iron and Steel Works imeni I.V. Stalin 90
D. Kramatorsk Complex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
11. Khartsyzsk Pipe Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
12. Kramatorsk Metallurgical Plant imeni Kuybyshev . 105
13. Novo-Kramatorsk Machinery Building Plant imeni
I .V .Stalin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
14. Staro-Kramatorsk Machinery Building Plant imeni
Ordzhonikidze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
E. Gorlovka Complex . . . . . . . . ? ? ? ? ? ? 122
15. Kirov Machine Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
16. Novo Gorlovka Coke-Chemical Plant ivo. 3 imeni
Koksakhim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
F. Konstantinovka Complex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
17. Konstantinovka Coke-Chemical Plant No. 17 . . . . . 126
18. Konstantinovka Metallurgical Plant imeni Frunze . . 129
G. Single Plants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
19. Debal'tsevo Steel Foundry . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
20. Nikitovka Coke-Chemical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . 141
21. Shcherbinovka Coke-Chemical Plant No. 11 . . . . . . 144
22. Toretsk Machinery Factory imeni Voroshilov . . . . . 145
23. Yenakiyevo Metallurgical Plant imeni Ordzhonikidze . 149
II. Voroshilovgrad Oblast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
24. Almaznaya Iron Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
25. Bryanskiy Coke-Chemical Plant No. 14 . . . . . . . . 174
26. Irmino Coke-Chemical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
27. Kadiyevka Coke-Chemical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . 178
28. October Revolution Locomotive Plant . . . . . . . . 181
29. Olkhovsk Coke-Chemical Plant No. 12 . . . . . . . . 186
30. Parkhomenko Heavy Machinery Building Plant . . . . . 188
31. Voroshilovgrad Pipe Rolling Mill imeni Yakubovski 191
32. Voroshilovsk Metallurgical Works imeni Voroshilov . 194
III:. Dnepropetrovsk Oblast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
A. Dnepropetrovsk Complex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
33. Dnepropetrovsk Coke-Chemical Plant No. 20 imeni
Kalinin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
34. Dnepropetrovsk Metallurgical Equipment Plant DZMO
imeni Khat ayevich . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
35. Dnepropetrovsk Pipe Rolling Mill imeni Lenin . . . . 223
36. Komintern Steel Combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
37. Nizhnedneprovsk Metallurgical Plant and Tube Mill
imeni Karl Liebknecht . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
38. Nizhnedneprovsk Wire and Nail Plant . . . . . . . . 258
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
39? Petrovski Metallurgical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
40. Spartak Metal Goods Factory . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
B. Dneprodzerzhinsk Complex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
41. Dneprodzerzhinsk Coke-Chemical Plant imeni Kamen . . 283
42. Dneprodzerzhinsk Coke-Chemical Plant No. 24 imeni
Ordzhonikidze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
43, Dneprodzerzhinsk Metallurgical Plant imeni
Dzerzhinski . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
C. Single Plants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
44. Krivoy Rog Metallurgical Plant imeni Stalin . . . . . 302
45. Nikopol' Pipe and Tube Mill . . . . . . . . . . . 320
46. Novomoskovsk Sheet Mill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
IV. Zaporozh' ye Oblast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
47. Zaporozh'ye Metallurgical Combine imeni Sergo
Ordzhonikidze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
V. Odessa Oblast: Odessa Complex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
48. October Revolution Agricultural Equipment Plant . . . 359
49. Odessa Rolling Mill imeni Dzerzhinski . . . . . . . . 361
50. Odessa Wire and Nail Factory imeni Ivanov . . . . 363
51. Pervomaysk Metallurgical Plant imeni 25th Oktyabr . . 365
VI. Nikolayev Oblast: Nikolayev Complex . . . . . . . . 368
52. Dormashina Tractor Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
53? Marti Shipbuilding Yard No. 444 imeni Andre Marti . . 371
VII. Kharkov Oblast: Khat'kov Complex . . . . . . . . . . . 377
54. Kharkov Experimental Coke-Chemical Plant No. 26 . . 378
55. Khar'kov Locomotive and Tank Plant imeni
Komintern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C -R-E-T
Page
VIII. Crimea Oblast: Kerch' Complex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
56. Kerch' Coke-Chemical Plant imeni Kirov . . . . . . . 385
57. Kerch' Metallurgical Plant imeni Voykov . . . . . . 388
Appendixes
Appendix A. Methodology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Appendix B. Gaps in Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Appendix C. Sources and Evaluation of Sources . . . . . . . . . 397
1. Estimated Production and Percent of Total Soviet
Production of Iron and Steel in Region III of the USSR,
1953 ........................... 2
2. National and Regional Shares of Production of Iron and
Steel in 2 Areas of Region III of the USSR, 1953 . . . . . 2
3. Estimated Production of the Iron and Steel Industry by
Oblast in Region III of the USSR, 1953 4 ....... . . . . .
4. Estimated Plant Production of Iron and Steel by Oblast
in Region III of the USSR, 1953 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Map
USSR: Economic Region III, Iron and Steel Plants, . . . Inside Back Cover
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
CIA/RR PR-69
(ORR Project 23.176)
S-E-C-R-E-T
PLANT STUDY OF THE IRON AND STEEL INDUSTRY
OF THE USSR: ECONOMIC REGION III*
Summary
Economic Region III** consists of the Ukrainian SSR and the
Moldavian SSR; however, there is no iron and steel industry in
Moldavia. The Ukraine industry produces over one-third of the metal-
lurgical coke and pig iron and approximately one-third of the steel
supply of the USSR. Before World War II it was the most productive
region of the Soviet Union, but at the present time it is second to
the fast-growing Urals in the output of steel and semifinished steel
products. The large yield of metallurgical coke and pig iron not
only supplies consumers in the Ukraine but also supplements the coke
oven and blast furnace production of other steel-producing regions of
the country.
The Ukraine iron and steel industry is based firmly on large re-
serves of raw materials within the area. Abundant quantities of
coking coal are available in the Donets Basin, there is a large supply
of iron ore in the Krivoy Rog and Kerch' regions, the Nikopol' manga-
nese deposits are nearby, and there is an ample supply of limestone and
dolomite within easy access to all plants. Region III has a good rail
transportation system, supplemented by some water transportation on the
Donets and Dnepr Rivers, the Black Sea, and the Sea of Azov; over this
network raw materials are moved to the plants and finished steel pro-
ducts are distributed to the consuming industries of the USSR.
Table 1X' contains the estimated 1953 production of metallurgical
coke, pig iron, steel, and finished steel in the Ukraine. It also
shows the region's share of Soviet production for those commodities.
The largest iron- and steel-producing area in Region III is in the
Donets Basin and includes the adjoining oblasts of Stalino and
Voroshilovgrad. The Middle Dnepr is the second largest concentration
* The estimates and conclusions contained in this report represent
the best judgment of the responsible analyst as of 1 Feb 1954.
** The term region in this report refers to the economic regions de-
fined and numbered on CIA Map 12084, 9-51, USSR: Economic Regions.
Xxx See the map, USSR: Economic Region III, Iron and Steel Plants,
inside back cover.
** * Table 1 follows on p. 2.
S-E-C -R -E- T,
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Estimated Production and Percent of Total Soviet Production
of Iron and Steel in Region III of the USSR
1953
Product _
Region III
Production
(Thousand MT)
Soviet Production
(Thousand MT)
Percent of Total
Soviet Production
Metallurgical
Coke
17,905.0
35,000.0
51.1
Pig Iron
15,018.5
27,400.0
54+.8
Steel
10,980.1
37,700.0
29.1
Finished
Steel
8,016.9
27,600.0
29.0
and is composed of Dnepropetrovsk and Zaporozh'ye Oblasts. Table 2
shows national and regional shares of production of each of these two
areas. There are minor steel industries in Odessa, Nikolayev, and
Kharkov Oblasts.
National and Regional Shares of Production of Iron and Steel
in 2 Areas of Region III of the USSR
1953*
Metallurgical
Coke
Pig Iron
Steel
Finished
Steel
Donets Basin (Stalino
and Voroshilovgrad
Oblasts)
National Share
32.9
31.1
14.2
14.5
Regional Share
51+.4
56.9
50.2
50.3
Table 2 continues on p. 3.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Table 2
National and Regional Shares of Production of Iron and Steel
in 2 Areas of Region III of the USSR
1953
(Continued)
Percent
Metallurgical
Coke
Pig Iron
Steel
Finished
Steel
Middle Dnepr (Dnepro-
petrovsk and
Zaporozh'ye Oblasts)
National Share
15.5
23.7
13.9
14.4
Regional Share
30.2
53.1
47.7
47.4
With the nationalization of industry by the Soviet government fol-
lowing the Russian Revolution, the Ukraine became the nucleus for the
expansion of the iron and steel industry so necessary for the planned
industrialization of the USSR. The expansion of Ukrainian industry was
made one of the primary targets of the First Five Year Plan (1928-32),
which provided for the acceleration of the production of raw materials,
the construction of new coke-chemical plants and steel plants, and the
expansion and modernization of existing plants with the addition of new
blast furnaces, open hearths, electric furnaces, and finishing facili-
ties. Before World 'ar II the Ukraine was the largest iron and steel
producing region of the USSR.
Upon the threat of the German advance into the area in the spring of
1941, the USSR systematically destroyed iron and steel facilities. Coal
and iron mines were flooded, plant equipment was largely evacuated or
destroyed, and heats were allowed to freeze in furnaces. Only a few
plants were left in a semiworking condition. German occupation of the
area began in the summer of 1941 and continued for over 2 years. The
plan of the Reich to operate an industry in the Ukraine to supplement
German production in support of the war effort was a complete failure.
Soviet destruction was never repaired, and the Germans were never able
to allocate enough equipment from their own supply to replace that which
had been evacuated by the USSR. With the German retreat in 1943,
further stripping of equipment from plants took place, and a large part
of the existing structures was dynamited.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
The USSR at once began the gigantic task of rebuilding the steel in-
dustry of Region III. Thousands of Soviet workers and prisoners of war
were put to work at clearing rubble and rebuilding structures. Some of
the equipment evacuated by the USSR was returned and installed, furnaces
were reconstructed and reinstalled, and new facilities were added. Pre-
war plants for the most part were rebuilt to former sizes and capacities.
Reconstruction was complete by the end of 1949, and it was claimed that
production was back to prewar levels. Some new plants were built and
some new installations were added to existing structures. No attempt,
however, was made to expand the plants to the sizes contemplated in the
prewar five year plans.
The operating efficiency of plants was improved in the postwar years
by the modernization and mechanization of equipment, the introduction of
new working techniques, and by improving the skill of workers through
extensive training programs in most of the plants.
Table 3* shows the estimated 1953 production of metallurgical coke,
pig iron, steel, and finished steel in each of the oblasts of
Region III which contain plants, and the share of each oblast of USSR
production and of regional production.
Table 4** lists 1953 production of metallurgical coke, pig iron,
steel, and finished products by political division and by complex or
single plant within the division.
Production in 1951, 1952, and 1953 for metallurgical coke, pig iron,
steel, and finished steel has exceeded outputs of the preceding years.
Early in 1954 it was announced that the Ministry of Ferrous Metallurgy
as a whole had not reached its planned outputs and that some of the
larger plants in the Ukraine, among which were Azovstal Metallurgical
Plant and Dneprodzerzhinsk Metallurgical Plant, had not achieved -their
planned targets.
Failure of these plants to reach planned production targets may have
been the reason for the establishment of a new organization in the
Ukraine. On 8 February.l954 the Kremlin announced that a Union Republic
Ministry of Ferrous Metallurgy in the Ukraine SSR was being formed. It
is probable that the purpose of this organization is the closer super-
vision of the iron and steel industry in order to secure the accomplish-
ment of production targets. It is possible, however, that the function
Table 3 follows on p. 5.
Table 4 follows on p. 7.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Table 3
Estimated Production of the Iron and Steel Industry
by Oblast in Region III of the USSR
1953
Metallurgical
Finished
Oblast
Coke
Pig Iron
Steel
Steel
Stalino (Thousand MT)
8,722.5
7,295.7
5,367.1
3,822.4
National Share
(Percent)
24.9
26.6
14.2
13.9
Regional Share
(Percent)
48.8
48.6
48.9
47.7
Voroshilovgrad
2,800.0
1,242.1
153.3
203.4
Thousand MT)
National Share
(Percent)
8.0
4.5
Negligible
0.6
Regional Share
(Percent)
15.6
8.3
1.3
2.6
Dnepropetrovsk
3,220.0
4,850.3
4,041.3
2,948.6
Thousand MT)
National Share
(Percent)
9.2
17.7
10.8
10.7
Regional Share
(Percent)
18.0
32.3
36.9
36.8
Zaporozh'ye (Thousand
2,187.5
1,630.4
1,180.7
850.1
MT)
National Share
(Percent)
6.3
6.0
3.1
3.7
Regional Share
(Percent)
12.2
10.8
10.8
10.6
- 5 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Estimated Production of the Iron and Steel Industry
by Oblast in Region III of the USSR
1953
(Continued)
Odessa (Thousand MT)
National Share
(Percent)
Regional Share
(Percent)
Nikolayev (Thousand
MT)
National Share
(Percent)
Regional Share
(Percent)
Metallurgical Finished
Coke Pig Iron Steel Steel
3L1-.0 81.3
Negligible Negligible
0.3 1.0
138.0 75.0 ,.
Negligible Negligible
1.3 0.9
65.7 36.1
:E ar'kov (Thousand MT) N.A.
National Share
(Percent)
Regional Share
(Percent)
Crimea (Thousand MT)
National Share
(Percent)
Regional Share
(Percent)
N.A. Negligible Negligible
N.A. 0.5 0.4
975.0 N.A.
2.7
5.4
Total (Thousand MT) 17,905.0 15,018.5 10,980.1 8,016.9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
C~ o
u\0 0
0"
N o -
oco
10
8 .8
O O O O
0 0 0 0
O H
o y H ,-1
Y O O~ +'
U]
U~1 CU C
" trfj
r
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
HO
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
ci
u
E1 I
wi
R
H
O
~
o
1
~
UI
1
H
N
O
W I
o m w 1v
rn I
r-I H
No b H ri 1 It U,
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
0
CO
M
M C-7 u~
O N N
-; o o
NM N 0 0
H N
00 u , M
u - m
m
c v o c 0
8 Sao
.# u\~ L -c o~ O ri N
N N N N N N M M M
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
\D ~o moo m
t0 N N - N - CP\
N M rl_- z N
\,D rl v~
mH
c- C
N-
ti
0 u
ao M
o m H
D 0
4- 4-
+1 U i- q 0
a k a w a a
~.-i w m ci
w ~
r-I P, a)
N q w N F7 .P q O bD ENO O
~ U w~ q W ri ?C .k rl c7 ~
ri .k Y~? ?'. N N .~ m w q
(].~ m rl N N N } rl } +' rl ?rl
o } q} } +~ O O w ,q
O O 0 0 O U] H H +~ . N
0 H d H c H P4 P4
?: v Nqq H q p q k1 N
P~ P,
H
P, ~4
P~ o" td ' q~!! q d H W
4~ 0) . 41
~
O ,G
NO N q
q q ?.i
4
?ri M
q ,q q
N y
rl ,[7
,C N
N
H
H
rrriii
H 0
O
O
N
c
i
N
a' q r
P N
P+ q
p
po p
OH f~ Q
03 o o
p
7
z W aQ Q7, nq
W P. 7. nq PiP Z
N i ' \D t - CO O\ O ri N M
nq M m m M M M M.3' ..3 ~' CMR - - . - .-?
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
O O
UI\
'ri N ti
ti r u, 0 0 0 0
m? o~ cIj H I m Ln N
H H N i m m m
H
o 0
m
O
+ ,+
m a
M -H -P
4 g)g H
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
aw
V
N N
t) V
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
of the new ministry is of a larger order. With the realization that no
area in the USSR -- not even the Urals -- is safe from modern air war-
fare, a decision may have been made in the Kremlin to develop the
Ukraine, with its wealth of raw materials, efficient transportation
system, and wide range of fabricating plants, into the No. 1 steel-pro-
ducing area of the USSR, the position it held before World War II.
Stalino Oblast is one of the largest and most important producers
of iron and steel in the USSR.
Estimated 1953 Production of Stalino Oblast
Metallurgical
Coke Pig Iron
Steel
Finished
Steel
Total Production (Thousand MT)
8,722.5
7,295.7
5,367.1
3,822.4
National Share (Percent)
24.0
25.7
13.6
13.5
Regional Share (Percent)
47.1
46.8
44.1
1+5.5
There are six steel complexes within Stalino Oblast. The largest
of these is the Zhdanov Complex, which contains the largest integrated
steel plant in Region III, the Azovstal Metallurgical Plant.
The Makeyevka Complex contains the important Makeyevka Metal-
lurgical Plant imeni Sergei M. Kirov, which produces pig iron, steel,
and finished steel, but which has no coke facilities. Adjacent to the
Makeyevka plant are the Novo Makeyevka and Staro Makeyevka Coke-Chemical
Plants, which, though not under the same management as the metallurgical
plant, supply it with coke and make the complex an integrated unit.
The Stalino Complex is a large producer of metallurgical coke, con-
taining five coke-chemical plants, which not only supply the needs of
the Stalin Iron and Steel Works imeni I.V. Stalin, but also furnish a
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
surplus for shipment to other consumers in the Ukraine and to
other steel producing areas of the USSR.
The Kramat_orsk Complex is self-sufficient, except for metal-
lurgical coke. Coke inputs are shipped into the area from other
coke-chemical plants in the Ukraine. There are two important
machinery building plants in the complex, Novo-Kramatorsk imeni
I.V. Stalin, and Staro-Kramatorsk imeni Ordzhonikidze.
The Gorlovka Complex has a large coke-chemical plant, Novo
Gorlovka imeni Koksakhim, the production of which is consumed out-
side of the Gorlovka area.
Among the single plants in Stalino Oblast is the important
Yenakiyevo Metallurgical Plant imeni Ordzhonikidze, which is a
completely integrated steel plant.
Summary Tables -- Stalino Oblast
1. Production and Capacity
Azovstal Metallurgical Plant imeni Sergo Ordzhonikidze
1953
Metallurgical Coke Production
4 Batteries - 276 Ovens 1,700.0
Pig Iron Production
6 Blast Furnaces (BF's) 2,449.2
Steel Production
9 Open-Hearth Furnaces (OH's) and
2 Electrics 1,383.1
Rolling Mill Capacities
Blooming Mill 1,000.0
Rail and Structural Mill 700.0
S-E-C-R-E-m
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-.T
1. Production and Capacity
Azovstal Metallurgical Plant.imeni Sergo Ordzhonikidze
1953
(Continued)
Thousand Metric Tons
Finished Steel Production 995.8
Power Plant Capacity N.A.
Production and Capacity.
I1'ich Steel Plant
1953
Thousand Metric Tons
Metallurgical Coke Production
0
Pig Iron Production
2 BF's
408.0
Steel Prtluction
17 OH's and 1 Electric
654.0
Rolling Mill Capacities
N.A.
Finished Steel Production
470.0
Power Plant Capacity
N.A.
Production and Capacity
Makeyevka Metallurgical Plant
imeni Sergei M. Kirov
1953
Metallurgical Coke Production
Pig Iron Production
4 BF's
S-E-C-R-E-T
1,656.4
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Production and Capacity
Makeyevka Metallurgical Plant
imeni Sergei M. Kirov
1953
(Continued)
Thousand Metric Tons
4.
Steel Production
13 OH's and 2 Converters
Rolled Steel Capacities
1,150-mm Blooming Mill
600-mm Billet Mill
660/630-mm Bar Mill
630/600-mm Bar Mill
450/850-mm Continuous Mill
850-mm Rail Structural Mill
250/350-mm Wire Mill
Finished Steel Production
Power Plant Capacity
1,320.4
1,000.0
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
950.6
25,000 kw
Production and Capacity
Novo Makeyevka Coke-Chemical Plant No. 4
1953
Thousand Metric Tons
Metallurgical Coke Production
4 Batteries -- 184 Ovens
1,100.0
Pig :Cron Production
0
Steel Production
0
Rolling Mill Capacity
Finished Steel Production
Power Plant Capacity
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Production and Capacity
Staro Makeyevka Coke-Chemical Plant No. 5
1953
6.
Metallurgical Coke Production
4 Batteries - 242 Ovens
Pig Iron Production
Steel Production
Rolling Mill Capacity
Finished Steel Production
Power Plant Capacity
Production and Capacity
Chumakovo Coke-Chemical Plant
1953
Metallurgical Coke Production
Pig Iron Production
Steel Production
Rolling Mill Capacity
Finished Steel Production
Power Plant Capacity
S-E-C-R-E-T
N.A.
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093AO00600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Production and Capacity
Mushketovo Coke-Chemical Plant No. 9
1953
Metallurgical Coke Production
2 Batteries - 76 Ovens
Pig Iron Production
Steel Production
Rolling Mill Capacity
Finished Steel Production
Power Plant Capacity
Production and Capacity
Novo Smol'yaninov Coke-Chemical Plant
1953
Metallurgical Coke Production
4 Batteries - 190 Ovens
Pig Iron Production
Steel Production
Rolling Mill Capacity
Finished Steel Production
Power Plant Capacity
61+0.0
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093AO00600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Production and Capacity
Rutchenkovo Coke-Chemical Plant No. 2
imeni Kirov
1953
Metallurgical Coke Production
7 Batteries - 282 Ovens
Pig Iron Production
Steel Production
Rolling Mill Capacity
Finished Steel Production
Power Plant Capacity
Production and Capacity
Stalino Iron and Steel Works
imeni?I.V. Stalin
1953
1,100.0
Metallurgical Coke Production 300.0
1 Battery - 47 Ovens
Pig Iron Production
4 BFTs 907.6
Steel Production
8 OH's 576.0
Rolling Mill Capacities N.A.
Finished Steel Production 414.7
Power Plant Capacity 25,000 kw
- 19 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Production and Capacity
Khartsyzsk Pipe Plant
1953
Metallurgical Coke Production
Pig Iron Production
Steel Production
Rolling Mill Capacities
Finished Steel Production
Power Plant Capacity
Production and Capacity
Kramatorsk Metallurgical Plant
imeni Kuybyshev
1953
Metallurgical Coke Production
1 Battery - 50 Ovens
Pig Iron Production
3 BF's
Steel Production
5 OH's
Rolling Mill Capacities
276.8
Blooming Mill
N.A.
620-mm Bar Mill
N.A.
280-mm Bar Mill
N.A.
Sheet Mill
N.A.
Structural Mill
N.A.
Wire Mill
N.A.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Production and Capacity
Kramatorsk Metallurgical Plant
imeni Kuybyshev
1953
(Continued)
Power Plant Capacity
Thousand Metric Tons
199.3
N.A.
Production and Capacity
Novo-Kramatorsk Machinery Building Plant
imeni I.V. Stalin
1953
Thousand Metric Tons
14.
Metallurgical Coke Production
Pig Iron Production
Steel Production
4 OH's and 2 Electrics
Rolling Mill Capacity
Finished Steel Production
Power Plant Capacity
250.6
0
137.8
N.A.
Production and Capacity
Staro-Kramatorsk Machinery Building Plant
imeni Ordzhonikidze
1953
Metallurgical Coke Production
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Production and Capacity
Staro-Kramatorsk Machinery Building Plant
imeni Ordzhonikidze
1953
(Continued)
Thousand Metric Tons
Steel Production
2 Converters and 1 Electric
Rolling Mill Capacity
Finished Steel Production
Power Plant Capacity
Production and Capacity
Kirov Machine Plant
1953
Metallurgical Coke Production
Pig Iron Production
Steel Production
4 Converters and 4 Electrics
Rolling Mill Capacity
Finished Steel Production
Power Plant Capacity
62.0
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
16.
Production and Capacity
Novo Gorlovka Coke-Chemical Plant No.
imeni Koksakhim
1953
1,x+50.0
17.
Metallurgical Coke Production
4+ Batteries - 233 Ovens
Pig Iron Production
Steel Production
Rolling Mill Capacity
Finished Steel Production
Power Plant Capacity
Production and Capacity
Konstantinovka Coke-Chemical Plant No. 17
1953
Thousand Metric Tons
Metallurgical Coke Production
1 Battery - 4+0 Ovens
300.0
Pig Iron Production
0
Steel Production
0
Rolling Mill Capacity
Finished Steel Production
Power Plant Capacity
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-F-T
Production and Capacity
Konstantinovka Metallurgical Plant
imeni Frunze
1953
Metallurgical Coke Production
0
Pig Iron Production
3 BF's
260.1
Steel Production
5 OH's
2+5.9
Rolling Mill Capacity
N.A.
Finished Steel Production
177.0
Power Plant Capacity
N.A.
19.
Production and Capacity
Debal'tsevo Steel Foundry
1953
Metallurgical Coke Production
Pig Iron Production
Steel Production
1 OH and 1 Electric
Rolling Mill Capacity
Finished Steel Production
Power Plant Capacity
S-E-C-R-E-T
14.6
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
20. Production and Capacity
Nikitovka Coke-Chemical Plant
1953
Metallurgical Coke Production
2 Batteries - 80 Ovens
150.0
Pig Iron Production
0
Steel Production
0
Rolling Mill Capacity
Finished Steel Production
Power Plant Capacity
Production and Capacity
Shcherbinovka Coke-Chemical Plant No. 11
1953
Metallurgical Coke Production
Pig Iron Production
Steel Production
Rolling Mill Capacity
Finished Steel Production
Power Plant Capacity
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Production and Capacity
Toretsk Machinery Factory imeni Voroshilov
1953
Thousand Metric Tons
Metallurgical Coke Production
0
Pig Iron Production
0
Steel Production
2 OH's - 6 Converters
96.4
Rolling Mill Capacity
0
Finished Steel Production
53.0
Power Plant Capacity
N.A.
Production and Capacity
Yenakiyevo Metallurgical Plant
imeni Ordzhonikidze
1953
Metallurgical Coke Production
4 Plus Batteries - 31+0 Ovens
Pig Iron Production
1,300.0
6 BF's
Steel Production
1,097.3
5 OH's and 3 Converters
463.6
Rolling Mill Capacity
1, 100-mm Blooming Mill
N.A.
800- or 850-mm Rail and Structural Mill
N.A.
Thin Sheet Mill
N.A.
Wire Mill
N.A.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Production and Capacity
Yenakiyevo Metallurgical Plant
?imeni Ordzhonikidze
1953
(Continue,d)
Thousand Metric Tons
Finished Steel Production 383.0
Power Plant Capacity N.A.
Plant Studies - Stalino Oblast
A. Zhdanov Complex.
1. Azovstal Metallurgical Plant imeni Sergo Ordzhonikidze.
25X1A2g Southern Magnitka; Mariupol' Metallurgical Plant).
470 061N - 370 36'E, Zhdanov, Stalino Oblast, Ukraine,
SSR. The plant is located approximately 2 kilometers (km) south
of the center of the town, approximately 500 meters (m) northeast
of the port of Zhdanov, and 500 m south of the main. railroad line,
Zhdanov-Stalino. A branch line crosses the Kal'mius River on the
north side of the plant. The plant is on an island near the shore
of the Sea of Azov, separated from the mainland by the Kal'mius
River. At this point the Kal'mius runs east-west, with Zhdanov on
its northern bank and Azovstal on its southern. The river is not
navigable beyond the bend. The western boundary of the plant
borders on the open sea. There is a small harbor on the Sea of
Azov which is used for the delivery of raw materials, and although
its entrance was blocked by a vessel sunk during World War II, it
is open for use at the present time. /*
* Footnote references in arabic numerals are to sources listed in
Appendix C.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
b. History and Development.
Plans to build a steel mill at Mariupol' (now Zhdanov),
consisting of a byproducts coke plant, blast furnaces, open-hearth
furnaces, and rolling mills were formulated in the late 1920's.
Variances in reports on the planned capacities of the plant are
shown in the following tabulation:
Planned Capacities of the Azovstal Metallurgical Plant
Thousand Metric Tons
Product
Source
Source 3
Source
Pig Iron
2,208
2,500
1,500
Steel
1,068
3,300
1,400
Rails
650
1,000
850
Rolled Products
800
The plant site was surveyed in 1931 and construction
began in 1932. The sum of 468 million rubles was earmarked for
investment in the building of Azovstal, and it was planned to have
the plant in full operation by the end of 1938.
By 1 January 1935, blast furnaces No. 1 and No. 2,
each with a capacity of 930 cubic meters (cu m), were in operation;
they had produced 480,000 metric tons (MI') of pig iron in 1934.
During the first quarter of 1935 the first tilting open-hearth
furnace was placed in operation, and two other furnaces were under
construction,.
On 1 January 1936 it was announced that over 291 mil-
lion rubles had been invested in capital equipment and facilities
at the Azovstal Metallurgical Plant.
According to an authoritative source, the following
were in operation just before World War II: 4 blast furnaces, each
with a capacity of 930 eu m; 2 blast furnaces, each with a capa-
city of 1,300 cu m; and 6 to 8 tilting open-hearth furnaces, with
daily capacities ranging from 250 to 400 MT. In addition, some
sources reported the following installations in operation: a coke-
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
chemical plant consisting of three batteries of coke ovens, a flota-
tion plant, sintering facilities, a blooming mill, a rail and
structural mill, and various intraplant facilities and installations.
There are no reports available on the amount of
destruction accomplished by the USSR in the face of the advance of
the German Army. During German occupation the plant was operated
by Krupp of Essen, Germany, and some production was realized. Upon
the German retreat, blast furnaces, open hearths, rolling mills,
and other installations were destroyed or damaged. With the re-
occupation of the area by the Red Army, the reconstruction and re-
storation of Azovstal began immediately. J
c. Raw Materials and Other Inputs.
Prewar. Iron ore and vanadium were shipped by water
from Kerch', and apatite came by rail from the Kola Peninsula..
At Present. Little information is available, except on
the sources of iron ore used in the plant. During World War II a
2,000-ton ship was sunk in the harbor entrance, and until approxi-
mately mid-1949 Azovstal was dependent upon rail shipments of iron
ore from Krivoy Rog. After the harbor entrance was cleared, the
plant continued to use Krivoy Rog ore, but Kerch' ore again is being
shipped to the plant. J
d. Coal and Coke.
Coal. Before World War II, coal was shipped to the
plant by rail from the mines around Stalino and the Donets Basin,
and it is assumed that the same sources are being used at
present. J
Prewar. Before World War II there were three coke
batteries in operation at Azovstal. As a result of bombardment two
of these batteries, the byproducts plants, and the auxiliary shops
were destroyed completely, and the third coke battery was damaged
seriously.
Reconstruction Period. Reconstruction of the coke plant
was of primary importance in the rebuilding of the steel mill. In
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
October 1946, it was announced that No. 2 coke battery, consisting
of 69 ovens capable of producing a total of 1,200 MT of coke per
24 hours, had been placed in operation; and that gas was being
utilized at the steel plant and in the city of Zhdanov. In April
1947, Soviet newspapers carried the story that No. 3 coke battery
was being restored and that when completed it would satisfy the
steel plant's requirements for coke and gas and would also provide
a surplus of gas for use in neighboring enterprises -- particularly
in the I1'ich steel plant, to which a 15-km gas line was being
built. The battery went into operation in January 1949. Coke
battery No. 1 was recommissioned in January 1949. The construction
of coke battery No. 4, a new installation, was announced early in
1949, and it is assumed that it is now in operation. 9/
At Present. An authoritative source LO/ made the
following estimate of present coke-chemical facilities at Azovstal:
Number and Type of Coke Batteries
Number of Ovens
4 Becker
276
Volume of Oven (Cu M)
19.8
Width of Oven (Millimeters)
4o6
Normal Coking Time (Hours)
16
Coal Charge Per Oven, Dry Basis (MT)
15.1
Total Daily Carbonization Capacity (MT)
6.9250
Annual Carbonization Capacity (MT)
2,250,36o
Annual Coke Capacity, Dry Basis (MT)
1,710,000
Annual Coke Capacity, Moist Basis (MT)
1,750,000
Refined Benzene Capacity (MT)
14,175
Refined Toluene Capacity (MT)
3,325
Crude Tar Capacity (MT)
65,713
Ammonium Sulfide Capacity (MT)
23,258
e. Ironmaking Facilities.
Prewar. The following blast furnaces were in operation
at Azovstal at the time of the German occupation of the Ukraine:
Number of Blast Furnaces Working Volume (cu m)
4 930 each
2 1,300 each
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
There is no information on the amount of destruction
accomplished by the USSR in the face of the German advance into the
Ukraine, but upon the retreat of the German Army, at least four
blast furnaces were destroyed and the others damaged seriously. 11
Reconstruction Period. Blast furnaces were restored,
modernized, and enlarged at Azovstal during the postwar period.
Work on blast furnace No. 3 began early in 1944, and by
July 1945 it was in operation with a reported daily output.of 816
MT and a working volume of 1,300 cu m.
Blast furnace No. 4 was partially destroyed by the
Germans. The destruction caused the furnace to settle 3.5 m and to
shift 1.3 m to one side, resulting in a list of 20 degrees. The
furnace was not dismantled by the USSR, but it was eased into posi-
tion and raised through the efforts of Soviet engineers, for which
they received wide acclaim. No. 4 was fired for the first time on
10'September 1946, and the announcement was made that it weighed
1,360 MT, had a working volume of 1,300 cu m, and consumed 2,500
MT of iron ore, 1,300 MT of metallurgical coke, and 800 MT of lime-
stone daily. Yearly capacity was claimed to be 450,000 MT. Daily
production was announced as ranging from 1,000 to 1,100 MT, or,
estimated on a yearly basis, 340,000 MT to 375,000 MT. In a letter
to Stalin on 20 September 1946 from the blast furnace workers at
Azovstal, it was claimed that not only was the blast furnace in
production but also that the airblowing station, the gas purifier,
and all transportation facilities were in operation.
In February 1947 it was announced that 2 of the 930-cu
m furnaces would be rebuilt and the working volume increased to
1,300 cu M. In April 1948, 4 blast furnaces were in operation and
2 were being reconstructed.
In September 1948 it was announced that the first all-
welded blast furnace in the Donbas and the second in the Soviet
Union, No. 2 at Azovstal, was being welded and was scheduled to
start production in April 1949. The furnace was blown in ahead of
schedule in February 1949. In October 1948 it was announced the
No. 1 furnace was under construction. In November 1948 it was
claimed that No. 3 blast furnace at Azovstal was being rebuilt and
that it would be the second all-welded furnace at the plant. It
was scheduled for operation on 22 December 1948.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
The chief metallurgist of a leading US steel company was
visited by a group of Soviet blast furnace experts in 1947. The chief
of the delegation claimed that Azovstal had the finest turboblowing
equipment in the world. He said that there were 5 new furnaces at the
plant which were served by 5 turboblowers arranged in tandem, any 1 of
which could be shut down for repair without disrupting the operation
of the other 4. The turboblowers were of Skoda (Czechoslovakia) de-
sign and construction.
The blast furnace utilization coefficient for the first 6
months of 1948 was claimed to be 1.07, an improvement over the
planned utilization of 1.10. 13
At Present. Six blast furnaces are believed to be in
operation at Azovstal.
Estimated 1952 Blast Furnace Production at Azovstal*
Blast Furnace Number
Volume
Cu M)
Coefficient
Operating
Days
Production
Thousand MT)
1
930
1.0
340
316.2
2
930
1.0
340
316.2
3
1,300
1.0
340
442
4
1,300
1.0
340
442
5
1,300
1.0
340
442
6
1,300
1.0
340
442
Total Pig Iron
Production
2,400.4
Estimated 1953 Blast Furnace Production at
Azov stal*
Blast Furnace Number
Volume
Cu M)
Estimated
Coefficient
Operating
Days
Production
(Thousand MT)
1
930
0.98
340
322.6
2
930
0.98
340
322.6
3
1,300
0.98
340
451.0
4
1,300
0.98
340
451.0
5
1,300
0.98
340
451.0
6
1,300
0.98
340
451.0
Total Pig Iron
Production
2,449.2
* See Appendix C, Methodology, for use of coefficient
production.
S-E-C-R-E-T
in estimating
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
f. Steelmaking Facilities.
Prewar. In 1941-42 all open hearths at Azovstal were
of the tilting type.
Furnace Number
Hearth Area
(Sg.M)
Capacity
(MT)
Year Completed
1
65.0
250
1935
2
59.4
250
1935
3
59.4
250
1935
4
59.4
250
1936
5
400
1939
6
40o
Under Construction
in 1940
7
Under Construction
8
Under Construction
In addition to the open-hearth furnaces, there were
3 Thomas converters.of unknown capacity which were built in 1935
and 1 Thomas converter which had a capacity of 40 MT, or a total
of 7 converters. A 3-ton electric furnace went into operation
in 1935. Two hot metal mixers, each with a capacity of 1,300 MT,
worked in conjunction with the open hearths. One source claimed
that it was the prewar plan to operate 12 open-hearth furnaces,
each with a yearly capacity of 180,000 MT, or a total of 2,160,000
MT per year. 14
Considerable damage was wrought by the Germans to the
steelmaking facilities of Azovstal, but the extent is not known.
Reconstruction Period. Reconstruction of steelmaking
facilities began at Azovstal shortly after the Germans left the
area of Zhdanov. In the spring of 1944 it was announced that the
electric furnace which had been in operation before the war had
been restored and that other electric furnaces were under construc-
tion. Work on the restoration of the open-hearth furnaces seems to
have lagged. There was no mention of reconstruction until September
1944, when it was announced that three large furnaces were in the
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
process of being rebuilt. It was not until April 1947 that the
first open-hearth furnace, No. 3, was placed in operation. It was
:a tilting furnace with a capacity of 350 MT. The slowness of plac-
ing steelmaking facilities back into operation was acknowledged in
the press in May 1947 with the statement that restoration at
Azovstal was behind schedule and that, of the 3 furnaces slated to
be in operation by the end of 1946, only 1 had been completed.
In March 1946 it was announced that when the reconstruc-
tion and modernization program was completed, Azovstal would have a
total of 9 open hearths, 1 more than were in existence or under con-
struction at the plant before World War II. In July 1947 it was
announced that 2 250-ton capacity furnaces would be rebuilt,
starting in July and August. No. 4 open hearth was fired for the
first time on 15 August 1947. In October 1947, the Chief Engineer
of the Azovstal Trust, Engineer (fnu) Ioborchy, made the statement
that 4 large tilting open-hearth furnaces had been rebuilt and that,
although the Five Year Plan called for the completion of No. 5 in
March 1948, workers at the plant had decided to complete it by Nov-
ember 1947- On 4 November, No. 4 furnace, completely mechanized and
with a capacity of 300 to 400 MT, went into production.
In September 1948 it was announced that No. 6 open
hearth, a tilting furnace with a capacity of 350 MT, had gone into
production and that restoration of the prewar open-hearth capacity
at Azovstal had been completed. This statement is interpreted to
mean that the 5 furnaces which were in operation before the war and
which had been restored, as well as No. 6, were in production; and
that the 2 open hearths under construction at that time had not yet
been brought into production. In October 1948, it was stated that
another electric furnace had been placed in operation. In January
1949 it was announced that open-hearths No. 7 and No. 8 were being
rebuilt; a few days later it was stated that one of these had been
placed in production. In February 1949, workers at the plant
promised to complete two more open hearths during the year.
There was no mention of the restoration of the Thomas
converters mentioned by one source as being in operation prior to
the war. 15
Improvements in Practices. The following press an-
nouncements throw some light on improvements in open-hearth shop
practices at Azovstal.
- 34 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Output of Steel Per Square Meter of Hearth Area.
Calendar Period
Nominal Period
No. Open Hearths
1936
1937
1938
1936
1937
1938
4
4.70
4.89
5.51
5.41
5.47
6.1o
The average hearth area of the four furnaces was
60.8 sq m. 16
It was stated in April 1946 that accelerated heats
had systematized production at Azovstal. The 350-ton tilting
furnaces at the plant were operating on coking gas instead of oil,
and the normal time for a heat was 18.5 hours. On 15-16 April, 2
steelworkers produced a heat of 341.7 MT in 12 hours, and from
each square meter of hearth area, 11.5 MT of steel were taken. L7/
In May 1948, Azovstal was testing a dolomite. machine for filling
the back walls of the open-hearth furnaces, a task which previously
had been done by hand. L8/ During the first 6 months of 1948 an
average of 6.2 MT of steel per square meter of hearth area was
realized. The plan was 5.87 MT. 19
In June 1949 the operation of the plant was criticized.
It was claimed that the excellent work of the open-hearth section
was being delayed because of a lack of molds and by the poor quality
of the molds available. Improvement of the repair section of the
shop was also considered a necessity. 20
It was also announced in June 1949 that since October
1947 the open-hearth workers had won the title of the best steel
smelters in the USSR, 12 out of 13 times. Prior to the war the
planned melting time was 19 hours. In 1948 the norm was 18.5 hours,
but smelting was attained in 17 hours and '42 minutes. In February
1949 the average smelting time was 16 hours and 6 minutes, and in
April it was reduced to 15 hours and 42 minutes. The May average of
15 hours and 30 minutes was reduced to 15 hours in June. In spite of
the accelerated speeds in melting time, the life of the furnaces
was improved. One hundred and forty melts could be made before it
was necessary to overhaul the open-hearth furnaces. 21 In Sep-
tember 1949 the normal yield of raw steel per square meter of
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
hearth area was 7.1 MT, but the shop was obtaining 7.2 MT. Workers
were attempting to reduce the melting time to 14 hours. 22 In
June 1950, it was announced that production of steel per square
meter of hearth area had been increased to 9 or 10 tons, as compared
to a prewar average of 4.5 MT. 23
In December 1951 a new method to indicate the weight of
each pouring of molten steel into molds was introduced at Azovstal.
Previously the weight was calculated and in order to avoid under-
weight ingots, up to 300 kilograms (kg) of metal were added in ex-
cess of the required weight. Later in the rolling process this
excess had to be removed and resmelted. Engineer (fnu)
Zhemchuzhnikov constructed a device which measured the exact weight
of each pouring. 24
At Present. Nine open-hearth furnaces, with capacities
estimated at approximately 150 MT, and 2 electric furnaces are in
production at the present time at Azovstal. 1952 production is
estimated as follows:
Estimated 1952 Open-Hearth Steel Production at Azovstal*
Prewar
Estimated
Open-Hearth Hearth
Estimated
Production
Furnace Area
1952 Hearth
Estimated
Operating
(Thousand
Number
S M)
Area (Sq M)
Coefficient
Days
MT)
1
65.0
65.0
7.0
325
147.9
2
59.4
59.4
7.0
325
135.1
3
59.4
59.4
7.0
325
135.1
4
59.4
59.4
7.0
325
135.1
5
59.4
7.0
325
135.1
6
65.0
7.0
325
147.9
7
65.0
7.0
325
147.9
8
65.o
7.0
325
147.9
9
65.o
7.0
325
147.9
Total Open-
Hearth Steel
Production
1,279.9
.X See Appendix C. Methodology, for use of coefficient in
estimating production.
-36-
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Electric steel production is estimated at 6,000 to
8,000 MT.
Estimated 1953 Open-Hearth Steel Production at Azovstal*
Open-Hearth
Furnace
Estimated
Hearth Area
Estimated
Operating
Production
Number
(SCI M)
Coefficient
Days
(Thousand MT)
1
65.0
7.2
325
159.1
2
59.41A
7.2
325
145.4
3
59.4
7.2
325
145.4
4
59.4
7.2
325
145.4
5
59.4
7.2
325
145.4
6
65.0
7.2
325
159.1
7
65.0
7.2
325
159.1
8
65.0
7.2
325
159.1
9
65.0
7.2
325
159.1
Total Open-
Hearth Steel
Production
1,377.1
1953 electric steel production is estimated at
6,000 to 8,000 MT.
g. Primary Rolling Facilities.
Before the war, Azovstal Metallurgical Plant had a
large blooming mill, which was destroyed by the Germans upon their
retreat from the Ukraine. Under Lend-Lease terms, the Soviets
purchased from a US concern, at a cost of $11 million, a blooming
mill and a rail and structural mill, which were supposed to be
erected in a plant in the Urals. The mills were shipped to the
USSR in 1945, and instead of installing them in the Urals it was
decided to erect them in the reconstructed Azovstal plant. The
blooming mill went into operation on 25 July 1948. The mill was
designed for an annual capacity of 1 million MT of blooms and
* See Appendix C, Methodology, for use of coefficient in
estimating production.
- 37 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
slabs, on a basis of 7,000 operating hours, and to roll the
following sizes L5/: 200 x 200 mm, 250 x 250 mm, 300 x 300 mm,
and 100 x 700 mm.
Steel ingots are delivered from the soaking pit by an
ingot buggy, which has a speed of 850 feet per minute, to an ingot
scale and turner and on to the blooming mill. The blooming mill is
46 x 100 inches and is driven by a 7,000-horsepower (hp) motor,
which is connected directly through a pinion stand to the mill.
There is a scale pit located alongside of the mill. The blooms
pass through a bloom shear which is driven by two 350-hp motors and
which has the capacity of making 9 cuts per minute. Crops are
carried away on a crop conveyer to the quenching pits. Slabs are
routed to two slab pilers. From this point the slabs can be taken
off the line for shipment to other mills for further processing.
Blooms are pushed off by two bloom pushers across bloom transfer
and cooling beds to the lifting cradles, which pile them on a bloom
transfer table. Blooms are transferred from this table to bloom
pushers, which deliver them to three reheating furnaces.
Blooms may continue to the 35 x 92-inch, 2-high,
5,000-hp, direct-drive roughing mill without passing through the
reheating furnaces, maybe delivered through the furnaces, may be
pushed off to a shear approach table, or may be transferred off
the line. After passing through the roughing mill, the steel con-
tinues to the 32-inch rail and structural mill. 26
h. Finishing Rolling Facilities.
A rail and structural mill, which was in production
before World War II, was destroyed by the Germans. Reconstruction
of the building to house a new mill was begun in early 1947, and on
23 October 1948, a rail and structural mill purchased from a US
concern was placed in operation. This mill was designed to pro-
duce 700,000 MT per year, operating on a basis of 6,400 hours, to
make the following products 27,,/:
Rails
43.5
kg/meter
Beams
240
mm
Beams
360
mm
Beams
500
mm
Squares
127 x
127 mm
- 38 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
The rail structural mill consists of three stands.
There are 2 3-high mill stands, 32 x 76 inches, which are driven
by a 6,000-hp motor, and one 2-high mill stand, 32 x 76 inches,
which is driven by a 2,500-hp motor. After leaving the rail and
structural mill, the steel proceeds to the saw tables. At the saw
table are 5 saws with 54+ inch diameter saw blades, which operate
at 1,690 revolutions per minute (rpm). A conveyer is placed in
front of the first saw, which delivers sawn rail ends to an impact
test machine and rail breaker. Rails and structurals proceed to
three cooling beds and are racked across these beds to rail trans-
fer and loading tables. Cranes deliver rails from the loading
transfer tables to 32 rail cooling pits. Rails may be delivered
from the cooling pits to the rail delivery table, which leads to
rail finishing equipment consisting of gag presses, rail turners,
rail drilling machines, rail ending machines, and end hardening
units. Facilities are available after the cooling beds, and
separate from the rail finishing department, for sawing, shearing,
weighing, and delivery of structural shapes. 28
Drop Forge Shop. In February 19+9 a drop forge shop
with several steam hammers was in operation. 29
Stamping Department. A stamping department was in
operation in October 1946. 30
i. Intraplant Services.
Electric Power. A coal-fired power station is located
on the Sea of Azov, east of the blast furnaces. 31
An electric power transformer plant is located approxi-
mately 60 m south of the rolling mills, 700 m north of the Sea of
Azov, and 3 km east of the blast furnaces. Power is received by
overhead high-tension cable from Kurakhov GRES, approximately
110 km north of Zhdanov. The power is 120,000 volt (v), 3-phase
alternating current (AC).
There were also 3 main transformers -- 3 x 3 x 5 to
6 m, each weighing 110 to 115 MT -- which were mounted on railroad
trucks in the open and which were located on the north side of the
transformer house. These were of oil called step-down type, re-
ducing the 120,000 v to 12,000 to 2,000 v. Two were in constant
use, and the third transformer was held in reserve. All were of
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
US manufacture, and the source heard that two more such trans-
formers would be installed at a later date. On the floor of the
transformer house were 16 smaller step-down transformers. These
were painted black, were 2 x 1.5 x 1 m in size, and were cooled
by a noncirculating system. These transformers stepped down the
voltage from 12,000 v to 3,000 v and 1,000 v. ,Another bank of
these step-down transformers was located in the western part of
the transformer house and was held in reserve. These trans-
formers could be placed in operation by throwing a switch.
From the transformer house, power was distributed as
12,000-v line to Iltich Steel Plant,
10,000-v line to the Azovstal Metallurgical Plant,
6,000-v line to the coke-chemical plant, and
3,000-v line to the Azovstal rolling mills.
Current was AC, and line voltages were stepped down
to 440 v by transformer stations located in various parts of the
plant.
The main building of the transformer plant is T-shaped,
approximately 35 m long and 6 m wide. It is constructed of cement-
faced brick and has a flat concrete roof. On the ground floor is a
1 x 1 x 1-m battery, which delivers 220-v current for emergency
use. East of the battery room is a 2 x 2-m room containing acid
bottles for use in the battery. In the southwest corner of the
ground floor is a laboratory. Switch installations are located
both on the main and second floor of the building. On the south
side of the main building were 4 oil containers, 5 m in diameter
and 9 m high -- 6 m underground and 3 m above ground. These were
connected with each other and with the transformers by a pipe line,
and there was a pumping installation. Cleaning devices were lo-
cated on top of each oil container. 32
Water Supply. In early 1949 there were two water
filter stations within the plant area. In 1. filter station there
were 6 brick-built filters, 3 of which were 20 to 25 m high and
20 m in diameter, and the others were 10 m high and 10 m in dia-
meter. Six more were under construction. The source believed that
the filters were packed with soda. Sea water was pumped into these
tanks, filtered, and then pumped to the rolling mills. The other
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
filter plant proceed filtered and distilled water, which was used
for human consumption. Three concrete reservoirs were located just
outside of the plant area and held 5 million liters of fresh water
which was piped from Maltshik, approximately 15 km east of the
plant. 33 It was announced in June 1948 that the blooming, rail,
and structural mills consumed 10,000 cu m of water per hour. 34
Boiler House. In April 1948 the boiler shop contained
4 boilers, 20 x 15 in. Three or 4 more were under construction. 35
Refractory Plant. It was announced that a shop for
making brick from blast furnace slag would be placed in operation
early in 1941. 36
Telephone Exchange. A telephone exchange was placed
in operation in August 19 5. 37
Laboratory. In July 1948 it was announced that the
"Palace of Metallurgists" was being restored. 38
j. Products and Production.
Products. The following products are being produced at
Azovstal Metallurgical Plant: metallurgical coke, pig iron, open-
hearth steel, electric steel, rails and accessories, and various
types of structural steel. 39
In 1947 an article appeared in the press which stated
that steel mills at Mariupol' (now Zhdanov), namely the plants
imeni Kuybyshev, Il'ich, and Azovstal, were producing graphitized
steel, which was successfully replacing nonferrous antifriction
metal in heavy duty bearings. This steel was claimed to have high
tensile strength and was resistant to wear. It was also suffi-
ciently ductile to resist impact loads, as in the bearings of rolls
of steel rolling stands. One percent copper was added for duc-
tility. The bearings underwent only thermal treatment after being
cast. Bushings cast for roll gangs of the pipe piercing stands
cast from this graphitized steel were replacing the former bronze
bearings. 40
In October 1951 it was announced that a new product
was being produced at the mill, sheet piling in flats and
channels. 41
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Production.
Production at Azovstal
Selected Years, 1934-53
Metallurgical
Year Coke Pig Iron Steel Rolled Products
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
19"1
1946
1948
1950
1951
1952
1953
475.5 43
533.6 132.0 L9/
317.4 318.0 50
423.9
476.7E
1, 500.0
450.0 7/
2,000.0`
1,015.0 51
1, 700 42
1, 700 / 2,449.2 5~ 1, 383.1 t___/ 995.8 L U/
In February 1946 it was announced that steel was being
sent to the Ii'ich Steel Plant imeni Kuybyshev, which was making
pipe for the Baku oil industry. 53 In March 1947, some pig iron
was reported as being sent to I1'ich Steel Plant. 54 In September
1947, a press item stated that the first pig iron produced in the
No. 3 blast furnace had been shipped to the Moscow Automobile
Plant imeni Stalin. 55 Two sources stated that in June 1948 the
Azovstal blooming mill was supplying not only the rail mill at the
plant but also rolling mills in the Donbas. 56
Prisoners of war reported that in February 1949 semi-
finished armor plate was sent to Il'ich for further processing. 57
Another source at the same time reported that two-thirds of pig
iron production was shipped to Zaporoshstal and Ii'ich. 58
S-E-C-R-E-T
i
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
. S-E-C-R-E-T
In October 1950 it was announced that the rolling mill
was producing I-beams and channel bars for the Kuybyshev and
Stalingrad hydroelectric power stations. 59
In November 1950, the Moscow Radio broadcast the in-
formation that Azovstal had shipped a train load of steel lath to
the Kuybyshev power station. 60 It was also announced that in
1950, steel girders for the Volga power station projects and rails
for Kuybyshev had been produced. 61 In January 1952, Azovstal
was shipping a new type of wide flange steel beam for the construc-
tion of bridges and for the framework of large buildings to the
Dnepr projects and to Moscow. Each beam was over 15 m long and
weighed nearly 1.5 MT. It was stated that this was the eighth new
type of production which workers had begun during the year. 62
1. Plant Efficiency.
In January 1947 the stamping department of Azovstal
was a-carded the Red Banner and first prize in the December 1946 All
Union Competition of the VTsSPS and Ministry of Ferrous Metal-
lurgy. 63
In August 1947 a Kiev newspaper criticized the plant,
saying that the plant transportation system, which was the nerve
center of this important establishment, was not working satis-
factorily. Because of the poor work of the railroad division, the
plant had accumulated large piles of finished goods and was suffer-
ing great losses. Nearly one million rubles were paid in fines for
the demurrage of freight cars between January and June 1947- In
January and February, hundreds of cars were standing idle every day
at the plant. This situation was caused by the plant's locomotives,
unsatisfactory conditions of the tracks, and the lack of a simple
means of snow removal. The article went on to say that winter was
approaching again and that no steps had been taken to accumulate
coal and ore and to prevent the recurrence of the same conditions.
Only 700 out of 3,000 sections of snow fence and 9,000 out of
49,000 sleepers were available. There were no snow shovels at the
plant, the depot and railroad tracks had not been repaired, and the
plant's rail signal system was out of order. The newspaper claimed
that the plant's locomotives were the real bottleneck in the in-
stallation and that both blast furnace and open-hearth production
were being held up. It claimed also that the underlying reason for
all this inefficiency was the lack of political indoctrination in
- 43 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
the transportation division, as a result of which more than 50
workers were not fulfilling norms. L4/
Another source claimed that in March 1949, 70 percent
of the rails produced were unservicable. Production was hampered
by mechanical failures in the rail mill, which occurred on the
average of once a month and which took 2 weeks to rectify. The
larger part of the equipment was American or German, and it was
poorly serviced; rusted parts were painted with preservatives with-
out first removing the rust, and lubrication was inadequate and
improperly applied. 65
Early in December 1949, it was claimed that the 1949
quota of production under the Five Year Plan had been completed on
30 November in the rolling mill. 66 In May 1951 it was announced
that several engineers at Azovstal had devised a new method of
preventing rust of pivot journals in mill rollers. This permitted
the extension of the length of service of the rollers and decreased
the amount of idle time in the rolling mills. 67 During the pre-
October Anniversary drive, probably in 1950, furnace workers at
Azovstal put into operation a new high-speed method of furnace
charging which enabled all furnace brigades to increase the smelt-
ing output of pig iron by 10 to 12 MT of metal per shift. The
plant's open-hearth shops were also applying high-speed methods
and carried out 150 smelting processes in October, saving enough
time to produce 1,000 MT of metal. The plant's rolling mill shop
switched all blooming mills to high-speed methods, and production
increased 10 percent. 68/
In 1938 the plant was under the administration of GUMP.,
Chief of Administration of the Metallurgical Industry. In 1941 it
was administered by NKChM, People's Commissariat for Ferrous Metal-
lurgy. At present the plant is under the direction of the Ministry
of Ferrous Metallurgy. 69
n. Personnel.
Number of Workers. Reports of the number of workers
vary with each source, ranging from 10,000 to 35,000 workers. It
is believed that approximately 20,000 workers, 40 percent of whom
are women, are employed in the plant on a three-shift basis. 70
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Managerial Personnel. Director of Azovstal Metal-
lurgical Plant in July 19 was P. Kogan. 71 Manager of Azovstal
Trust, in charge of construction, in July 19 8 was (fnu) Poborchi.
In October 1948, the manager was A.V. Tishchenko. 72 Foreman of
Azovstal Stamping Department in January 1947 was (fnu) Gaichuk. 73
Engineer-in-Charge of Installing Heavy Machinery in the Rolling
Mills in October 1948 was N.A. Sevalkin. 74 Engineer-in-Charge of
Reconstruction of No. 4 blast furnace in October 1948 was P.A.
Mamontov. 75
The plant is surrounded by a brick wall approxi-
mately 2 in high. All entrances are guarded, and a pass is required
for admittance to the plant area. 76
2. Il'ich Steel Plant (Zartana or Sartana Metallurgical
and Pipe Works; former name, Nikopol-Mariupol- Metal-
lurgical Plant-; includes the Kuybyshev Pipe Mill
former name Mariupol' Pipe Factory/ and the Zhdanov
Tank Car Plant). 25X1 A29
The Il'ich Steel Plant is divided into two parts, Lenin
Zavod A and B. which are separated by a road. Zavod A includes
6 open hearths, 1 electric furnace, the Kuybyshev Pipe Mill, and
the Zhdanov Tank Car Plant. Zavod B contains 10 open hearths and
rolling mills, and produces bars, rods, structural shapes, plate
and sheet, tank turrets, and so on. Reports and observations of
the two sections of the plant are confused and obscure; so, for
the purpose of this plant study, the steelmaking facilities and
finishing facilities have been combined and considered as a whole.
470 o8'N - 370 351E. Zhdanov, Stalino Oblast,
Ukraine SSR. Zhdanov formerly was called Mariupol'. The plant area
is located about 4 km north of the mouth of the Kal'mius River and
the Azovstal Metallurgical Plant in a surburb of Zhdanov called
Sawodskoi. J
b. History and Development.
Il'ich Steel Plant was in existence at the time of
the Bolshevik Revolution, after which it was known as the Nikopol'-
Mariupol' Metallurgical Plant. It was constructed originally with
- 45 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
the help of Belgian engineers, and was administered by the "Belgian
S.A. of the Russian Providence," headquarters of which were in
Petersburg. In 1933 a seamless pipe mill was built and installed
by the German firm Demag, of Duisberg.
During World War II, in the face of the German
advance, the USSR destroyed many buildings and installations and
evacuated machinery and equipment to Nizhne Tagil, Chelyabinsk,
and Magnitogorsk. The most essential installations were rebuilt
by the Germans, who operated the plant on a limited scale and who
inflicted considerable damage on their retreat from the area.
Estimates of war damage to the mill varied from 50 to 65 percent.
With the Soviet reoccupation of the Ukraine, reconstruction of
I1'ich began immediately, and at the time of the departure of the
last group of prisoners of war in September 1949, the rebuilding
of the plant was approaching completion. In June 1947 it was
announced that during the Fourth Five Year Plan (1946-50), Il'ich
would not only be restored but would be greatly expanded. 2J
c. Raw Materials and Other Inputs.
Prewar. Iron ore for the charging of blast
furnaces which were in operation before World War II came from
Krivoy Rog.
At Present. It is claimed that there is an abun-
dance of raw materials necessary for the operation of a steel
plant within easy rail distance of this plant.
Scrap in 1949 was imported principally from Germany,
and also came from scrap collection centers in the Ukraine. One
source estimated that 180 to 200 MT of scrap were received daily.
According to one source, pig iron in 1949 was received from Stalino;
however, in 1949 it came by rail from Azovstal Metallurgical Plant
at nearby Zhdanov. One source claimed it was received at the rate
of 200 MT per day. Manganese, according to one source, was re-
ceived by rail at the rate of 120 MT per week. Oil, probably fuel
oil, was arriving at the rate of 200,000 liters per day in Sep-
tember 1949. Dolomite, although it was prepared within the plant
area, did not meet consumption requirements, and production was
supplemented from an unknown source. Steel ingots, a source stated
in September 1949, were being shipped into the plant from
Dnepropetrovsk at the rate of 1,500 MT per day. J
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
d. Coal and Coke.
Coal. Coal is received by rail from the Donets
Basin. Requirements are not known. J
Coke. It is not believed that there are any
facilities for the production of coke at the I1'ich Steel Plant.
Two prisoners of war reported the existence of a small coke plant
on the extreme edge of the plant site, which was destroyed during
World War II, but both observations are considered erroneous.
Coke and coke-gas are probably received from the large coke-chemical
plant in operation at Azovstal Metallurgical Plant, located a few
kilometers to the south.
In March 1946 it was announced that before World
War II, installations at Il'ich received as much as 15,000 cu m
of gas an hour from Azovstal by gas line. During hostilities, the
Germans destroyed many kilometers of the gas line and the gas sta-
tion, and in early 1946 reconstruction of these facilities was
under way. A statement was published in April 1947 that the re-
construction of the No. 4 coke battery at Azovstal had begun, and
that when completed the coke-making facilities would not only
satisfy the coke and gas requirements of Azovstal but would also
create a surplus for the use of neighboring enterprises. The
article also stated that a 15-km gas line to Il'ich was under con-
struction. J
e. Ironmaking Facilities.
Two blast furnaces, with capacities of 530 and
510 cu m respectively, were in operation at Il'ich before World
War II. These furnaces were destroyed during the war. In May 1947
it was announced that the Leningrad Branch of the Steel Institute
of Planning of Metallurgical Works (GIPROMEZ) had worked out, under
the supervision of A.N. Ram, the Director of Technical Services, a
plan for the reconstruction of the blast furnace installations at
I1'ich. In September 1949, 2 furnaces, each with a capacity of
600 MT, were estimated to be 70 percent complete. It is believed
that they are now in operation at the plant.
- 47 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Estimated Annual Pig Iron Production at Il'ich
1952, 1953
No. Blast Furnaces
Daily Capacity
(MT)
Operating
Days
Production
(Thousand MT)
1
600
340
204
1
600
340
204
Total Pig Iron
Production
f. Steelmaking Facilities.
Prewar. Before World War II, I1'ich Steel Plant
had a total of 16 open-hearth furnaces, 10 of which were probably
in Zavod B and 6, plus 1 8-MT Heroult electric furnace, were in
Zavod A. Some information is available on individual open hearths,
as follows:
Furnace Number
Hearth Area
(Sq M)
Date Placed in Operation
4
20.75 to 25.0
23 November 1930
5
18.4 to 25.0
10 July 1933
12
32.0
28 March 1940
In addition to the above, the hearth areas of the
other furnaces were known, as follows:
Number of Furnaces
Hearth Area
Sq M)
1
19.7
4
19.8
4
20 , 75
1
26.7
2
26.8
1
27,4
During World War II the open-hearth shops and in-
stallations suffered considerable damage, estimated to have been
as high as 80 to 90 percent. J
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Reconstruction Period. Restoration of steelmaking
facilities at Il'ich began shortly after the Soviet recapture of
the Ukraine.
One source claimed that in January 1947, 5 open-
hearth furnaces and 1 electric furnace were in operation. Four
of the furnaces which were in Zavod B had a capacity of 70 MT each,
and were tapped twice each day. In Zavod A there was 1 small open
hearth which had a capacity of 7 MT and which was tapped 3 times
each day, and 1 5-MT electric furnace, which was tapped 4 times
each day. This source estimated daily production of all furnaces
at boo MT.
By November 1948, no additional open-hearth
furnaces had been placed in operation in Zavod B, but a second
open-hearth building was nearing completion and one 150-MT furnace
was being built. It was planned to have three additional furnaces
finished by the end of April 1950, none of which had been started.
Early in 1949, raw steel production at Il'ich
Steel Plant was estimated at 630 MT per day.
Little progress had been realized in the com-
missioning of open-hearth furnaces by the end of September 1949,
when the last German prisoner of war left the area to be repatriated.
From prisoner-of-war observations, it is believed that 5, and
possibily 6, furnaces (open hearths Nos. 11 to 16) were in operation
in Zavod B, and 1 small open-hearth furnace and an electric furnace
were in production in Zavod A. All furnaces in Zavod B were oil
(mazut) fired. Two cupola furnaces, each with a capacity of 40 to
50 MT per day, were in operation in. the foundry, which produced
molds, large gear wheels, bearings, and crane wheels for use in the
plant. There were no Bessemer converters in the plant.
In September 1949, ingots were cast in two grades:
raw steel for the rolling of construction materials used in the
restoration and construction of the Il'ich plant, and raw steel for
the production of armor plate, part of which was processed in the
rolling mills of Zavod B and part of which was shipped by rail to
an unknown destination. 9/
.Improvements in Practices. In June 1947 it was an-
nounced that a movement for the speeding-up of processes of steel-
- 49 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
making in the Il'ich open-hearth shops had been inaugurated in
May 1946. At that time the duration of a melt was reduced from a
norm of 10 hours and 42 minutes to 7 hours and 55 minutes, and
output was raised from a norm of 6.3 MT per square meter of hearth
area to 10.1 MT. Using these practices, the production goal for
the year had been reached on 7 November 1946, and 21,000 additional
metric tons were produced over the plan by the end of the year. Far
from damaging the furnaces, it was claimed that the new processes
had resulted in the saving of 460 MT of refractory materials. It
should be borne in mind that such production was achieved only
occasionally.
In December 1948 it was announced that the steel
coefficient of the open-hearth shops was fixed at 4.9 MT per square
meter of hearth area. 10
At Present. It is believed that the restoration of
the open-hearth furnaces is complete, and that 16 open hearths with
capacities of approximately 35 to 50 MT and 1 5- to 8-MT electric
furnace are in production. In addition there is one small open-
hearth furnace.
Estimated 1952 Steel Production at Il'ich*
Hearth Area
Operating
Production
No. Open Hearths
(Sq M)
Coefficient
Days
(Thousand MT)
1
25.0
5.0
325
4o.6
1
25.0
5.0
325
4o.6
1
19.7
5.0
325
32.0
1
19.8
5.0
325
32.2
1
19.8
5.0
325
32.2
1
19.8
5.0
325
32.2
1
19.8
5.0
325
32.2
1
20.75
5.0
325
33.7
1
20.75
5.0
325
33.7
1
20.75
5.0
325
33.7
1
20.75
5.0
325
33.7
1
26.7
5.0
325
43.4
See Appendix C, Methodology, for use of coefficient in estimating
production.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Estimated 1952 Steel Production at Il'ich
(Continued)
Hearth Area
Operating
Production
No. Open Hearths
(Sq M)
Coefficient
Days
(Thousand MT)
1
26.8
5.0
325
43.5
1
26.8
5.0
325
43.5
1
27.4
5.0
325
44.5
1
32.0
5.0
325
52.0
Total Open
Hearth Steel
Production
603.7
1 small open hearth with a daily capacity of 21 MT,
325 operating day
s, and produc
tion of
6.8
1 electric furnace with a capacity of 5 to 8 MT 5.0 to 8.0
Total Steel
Production
615.5 to 618.5
No. Open Hearths
Hearth Area
(SC, M)
Estimated
Coefficient
Operating
Days
Production
(Thousand MT)
1
25.0
5.3
325
43.0
1
25.0
5.3
325
43.0
1
19.7
5.3
325
33.9
1
19.8
5.3
325
34.0
1
19.8
5.3
325
34.0
1
19.8
5.3
325
34.0
1
19.8
5.3
325
34.0
1
20.75
5.3
325
35.7
* See Appendix C, Methodology, for use of coefficient in estimating
production.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Estimated 1953 Steel Production at Il'ich
(Continued)
No. Open Hearths
Hearth Area
(Sq M)
Estimated
Coefficient
Operating
Days
Production
(Thousand MT)
1
20.75
5.3
325
35.7
1
20.75
5.3
325
35.7
1
20.75
5.3
325
35.7
1
26.7
5.3
325
46.0
1
26.8
5.3
325
46.1
1
26.8
5.3
325
46.1
27.4
5.3
325
47.2
1
32.0
5.3
325
55.1
Total Open-
Hearth Steel
Production
639.2
1 small open hearth with a daily capacity of 21 MT,
325 operating days, and production of
1 electric furnace with a capacity of 5 to 8 MT 5.0 to 8.0
Total Steel
Production
651 to 654.o
Primary Rolling Facilities.
Prewar. In the years before World War II there was
1 2-high, reversible, 750-mm blooming mill at Il'ich, which had been
placed in operation in 1933. Whether the blooming mill was located
in Zavod A or Zavod B is not known. No information is available on
the amount of damage sustained by the mill during World War II, but
it is assumed to have been considerable. 11
Reconstruction Period. Work was started on re-
building the blooming mill, and in March 1945 it was announced that
the Ural Machine Construction Plant had shipped a large reduction
gear set to Il'ich. The gear wheel alone weighed 30 MT and,the
total weight of the equipment was 143 MT. The mill was in full
operation in September 1949. 12
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
At Present. One 2-high, reversible, 750-mm
blooming mill or larger is in operation at Il'ich. Capacity of
the mill is not known.
h. Finishing Rolling Facilities.
Prewar. The following finishing mills were in
operation at Il'ich before World War II. There is no information
available to indicate whether the mills were located in Zavod A or
Zavod B.
One 3-high medium bar mill consisting of one 550-mm
roughing stand and 3 450-mm finishing stands.
One 3-high, 700/460/700-mm 1 stand medium bar
mill, No. 4, which was placed in operation in 1933. The mill was
manufactured by "Lauta."*
One 3-high small bar mill consisting of a -50-mm
roughing stand and 6 300-mm finishing stands.
One 3-high, 860/560/860-mm heavy plate mill,
No. 1, which was placed in operation in 1933. It rolled armor
plate and had an estimated yearly capacity of 100,000 MT.
One 3-high, 700/460/700-mm 1 stand light plate
mill, No. 2, which was placed in operation in 1933. The mill was
manufactured by "Lauta.'t*
One 3-high sheet mill, No. 3, consisting of 1
700/460/700-mm stand.*
One 2-high, 650-mm sheet mill, No. 5.
One sheet mill, No. 6, consisting of 2 4-high,
950/360-mm stands.
One sheet rolling mill for automobile sheet,
which was placed in operation in 1934.
One stand, 1,250-mm heavy plate mill.
According to report; however, it is possible that these 3 rolling
mills are 1 and the same.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
One 1,500-mm armor plate mill which rolled plate
with an average length of 4,500 mm. This mill went into produc-
tion in 1937.
One roll piercing mill.
No.1 Pilger pipe mill for the production of 12-inch
(in) pipe. Capacity was estimated at 100,000 MT per year. The
mill went into production in 1933.
No. 2 Pilger pipe mill, also for the production of
12 in pipe. Capacity was estimated at 100,000 NT per year. The
mill went into production in 1933.
No. 3 Pilger pipe mill for the production of
3-in pipe; the mill was completed in 1933.
No. 4 Pilger pipe mill for the production of
3-in pipe; the mill was placed in operation in 1933.
Four gas-welding pipe installations were completed
Six gas-welding pipe installations, which went into
production in 1930.
There is little information available on the amount
of damage sustained by the finishing mills during World War II, but
it is believed to have been considerable. 13
Reconstruction Period. A medium plate mill and a
light plate mill were reported to be in operation in April 1944. 14
In August 1944 it was announced that Rolling Mill
No. 4 had gone into production. Before World War II, No. 4 was a
medium plate mill. 15
Two sheet mills were in operation in September
1949. One was in Zavod A and rolled sheet approximately 3 mm
thick. These sheets were taken to Zavod B where they were reduced
to a thickness of 2 mm. 16
- 54 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
One source claimed that a mill for the rolling of
corrugated sheet was in operation in September 1949. 17
The armor plate mill which rolled ship plate and
tank plate was in operation in September 1949. One source claimed
that there were 2 rolling mills in the building, 2 shears and
2 traveling cranes. Tank plate produced was 4 m long, 2 m wide,
and 35 mm thick. It was claimed that 32 plates were rolled each
8-hour shift. 18
Structural mills for the making of structural
shapes existed in both Zavod A and Zavod B in-September 1949. Pro-
ducts included I's, angles, T's, channels, and squares. 19
In April 1944 a rolling mill for pipes of a large
diameter for use of the petroleum industry was in operation in the
Kuybyshev Pipe Mill. It is believed that this mill may have been
one of the mills producing 12-in pipe before the war. In Sep-
tember 1945 the pipe bending shop was in operation. 20 In August
1948 it was announced that a new department for the production of
pipe with a special seam was under construction at Il'ich. The
pipe was to be of large diameter, thin-walled, and was to be used
for oil and gas pipelines. It was planned to have the new depart-
ment in operation in 1949. 21 In November 1948 it was announced
that the Kuybyshev Pipe Works at Il'ich was being re-equipped and
was supplying the oil industry with its products. 22 Moderniza-
tion and re-equipment of the mill was still going on in November
1949, when it was announced that 14 machine tools had been
eliminated in the pipe mill and 4 high-powered units had been
installed to do the same work. 23
Oxygen bottles. Two small buildings in the pipe
and tube mill area housed 4 seamless pipe machines which were
producing oxygen bottles or tanks 130 cm high and 25 to 30 cm in
diameter. The source claimed 500 bottles were produced each 8-
hour shift. 24
At Present. Since the departure of the last
German prisoners of war in the fall of 1949, there has been no in-
formation to supplement the above information on finishing
facilities at I1' ich.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
i. Intraplant Services.
Electric Power. Only part of the electricity
consumed by the Il'ich Steel Plant is generated in the plant
area; the balance is received by high tension wires via Azovstal
from Kurakhov power station, approximately 110 km to the north
of Zhdanov. The Il'ich electric power station is northwest of
the blast furnaces. There are two transformer stations within
the plant area, one of which is located on the north side of the
main railroad line and north of the power station. Electricity
for running installations and machinery is 380-v, 3-phase AC, and
that for lighting purposes is 220-v, AC. In late 1949 no electric
power shortages were noticeable. 25
Water Supply. The water pumping station had 2
steam piston-type pumps and 1 electric rotary pump in September
1949. Water came from outside the plant area and was pumped into
8 water towers, each with a capacity of 80 cu in. Because there
was a shortage of fresh water, waste water was channeled into
eight reservoirs for cooling and re-use. The pumping station at
the reservoirs had three electric rotary pumps. L6/
Compressor Station. In late 1949 the air com-
pressor station had another source claimed 4) piston-type
compressors, electrically operated. Air was pumped into tanks
through underground pressure lines, the main line of which was
30 cm in diameter and was 1.5 m underground. The tanks, made of
riveted steel plates, were 1.5 m in diameter and 8 to 9 m
high. L7/
Transportation Facilities. In November 1948 all
parts of the plant were serviced by branch lines of the main
Zhdanov-Stalino railroad, which skirted the east side of the plant
area. There were good roads leading to Zhdanov and to Sawodskoi. 28
Heating Plants. There were 2 heating plants in the
area, each of which contained 7 boilers, coal-fired. Underground
pipe lines led to the rolling mills. 29
Storage Facilities. In November 1948 storage
facilities for coal, coke, iron ore, and limestone were located
south of the blast furnace site. Scrap was stored on the north
side of the plant, just north of the open-hearth furnaces. 30
- 56 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C -R-E-T
Refractory Plant. In late 19+9 there were 4 fur-
naces, 7 to 8 m high, for the production of dolomite crystals.
Production was reported to be 16 MT per shift. 31
A concrete block factory contained 2 mixers,
1 press and 4 drying ovens. 32
A dolomite and silicate shop, with 2 furnaces
20 m high, burned coke and dolomite for use in the open
hearths. 33
A lime plant contained three kilns, and the pro-
duct was used for flux in the open-hearth furnaces and for con-
struction purposes. L4/
Apprentice Training School. A school for the
training of apprentices was in operation in late 1949. 35
j. Products and Production.
Products.
Prewar. Before 1930 production at Il`ich consisted
almost exclusively of merchant bar steel. From 1931 on, the pro-
duction of rolled products from quality steel produced at the plant
began to rise.
Proportion of Products Made from Quality Steel
to Total Rolled Products
Year
Percentage
1931
4.8
1932
19.8
1933
26.0
1934
29.0
The transition from the production of ordinary
steel to quality steel necessitated some modernization and re-
construction of the plant. The Moscow Automobile Plant imeni
Stalin, which in 1931 proceeded with the production of a new auto-
mobile, the AMO-Z, required sheet of higher quality. In order to
produce the required grade, the annealing departments and the open-
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
hearth shops were modernized, Rolling Mill No. 2 was electrified,
and a second'rolling mill for the production of sheet was placed
in operation. In 1933 the rolling mill for the production of
armor plate, reportedly the largest in the USSR, was modernized.
In 1935 the plant was practically the only mill in
the country producing high-grade tubing from carbon steel and
steel alloys. It was announced that 98 percent of the output of
AS (a trade name) was shipped to a plant producing equipment for
the oil industry. Production also included carbon and manganese
steel for the shipbuilding industry, steel for boilers and loco-
motive chassis, and other special alloy steels. 36 In 19+1 the
Il'ich Steel Plant was producing the following: pig iron; raw
steel; spring steel; sheet metal for aircraft, automobiles) and
tanks; armor plate; high grade tubing for chrome-nickel and
chrome-molybdenum steel for aircraft; pipe up to 14 in in dia-
meter; alloyed pipes and tubes for the petroleum industry. 37
Reconstruction Period. The production of tank cars
began late in 19 or early in 1947. In June 194-7 it was announced
that the plant had recently started the production of tank cars --
the 5, 000th car came off the line in May -- and that a new type of
tank car would go into production in July. 38
When the last contingent of German prisoners of
war left in September 194-9, the following were being produced at
Il'ich: carbon steel; alloyed steel; steel plate, including ship
and armor; steel sheet, including chrome-nickel; seamless tubes;
welded pipe; structural shapes; steel castings; tank turrets; rail-
road tank cars; oxygen bottles. 39
At Present. Although no information is available
on the kinds of products produced at Il'ich at the present time,
it is believed that the list of products is approximately the same
as those produced in 19+9 plus pig iron.
- 58 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Production.
Production at Illich
1934 40
1935 40
1941 4i-
1949 42
1952 L3/ 1953
43
Pig Iron
180.5
307.4
0
408 408
Raw Steel
433
531.9
238 to 340
618 654
Rolled
Products
286.1
350.4
400 470
Pipes and
Casing 165
The following items throw some light on the dis-
tribution of the products of Illich in the postwar years: In
October 1946 the plant was sending casing, round bars, and angle
iron to the Transcaucasus Metallurgical Plant, then under construc-
tion. 44/ In March 1947, I1'ich was in arrears in the delivery of
tubes required by the Kharkov Electro-Mechanical Works imeni
Staling needed for the manufacture of explosive-proof electrical
motors. 45 In August 1947 the plant had not fulfilled an order
for sheet metal for "Svet Shakhtera Zavod." 46 In October 1948 all
armor plate was shipped out of the plant to an unknown destination.
Fifty percent of the other plate produced was used within the
plant. 47 During 1948 the Illich Steel Plant cooperated with Tank
Plant No. 183 at Kharkov, center of the Soviet tank industry. 48
In September 1949, railroad tank cars assembled at Illich were sent
to the Baku oilfields for use. 49 In September 1950 the Kuybyshev
Pipe Rolling Plant received an order to produce the first consign-
ment of pipe for the Kuybyshev Hydroelectric Power Station. 50 In
May 1951, I1'ich was making shut-off devices and pipe for the main
pump of the Tsymlyansk Power Station. 51 In June 1951 the
Kuybyshev Works sent a large shipment of oxygen containers to the
Tsymlyansk Power Station. It was the 25th delivery made by the
plant. 52 In July 1951, Illich shipped one trainload of high-
voltage pylons to the Kakhovka project. 53 In August 1951 the
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
plant completed the assembly of the first siphon spillway for the
Volga-Don Canal. It was a large tunnel 10 m in diameter, and would
carry water to the reservoir. 54 In September 1951 a pipe line
3 m in diameter and 1,500 m long was completed. It was to be used
in turning the flow of the Don River into the main pumping station.
The plant was working on a large siphon for the waterworks. 55
1. Plant Efficiency.
In June 1947 the plant was awarded the Order of
Lenin for building railroad tank cars and for producing armor steel
plate for T-34 tanks. 56 The plant was also awarded a second
class prize by T-All Union Central Council of Trade Unions)
and by the Ministry of Transportation Machine Building of the USSR
for the April 1947 Socialist Competition. 57
m. Administration.
In 1941 the Il'ich Steel Plant was under the
direction of Trubostal. 58 In mid-1947 the plant was under the
administration of the Ministry of Transportation Machinery of the
USSR for the production of tank cars and armor plate for T-34
tanks- 59
n. Personnel.
Number of Workers. Reports of the numbers of
workers at Il'ich vary from a few hundred to as high as 40,000.
All sources agreed that three shifts were worked. In 1949 the
following estimate, which is believed to be approximately correct
was made of the number of workers:
Laborers, skilled and unskilled (50 percent women) 3,000
Laborers in plant engaged in transportation, in-
cluding prisoners of war 800
Managerial and office personnel (75 percent women) 250
Total number of employees O50 60
Administrative Personnel. In mid-1947 the
Director of the Il'ich Steel Plant was Aleksandr Fomich
Garmashov. 61
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
In October 1948 the Director was reported to be
(fnu) Halmoso. !L2/
In June 1947 the Chief Power Engineer was
Nikifor I. Demochko. L3/
In June 1948 the Director of the Kuybyshev Pipe
Mill was (fnu) Kas'yanov. 64
o. Locational Characteristics.
No information available.
B. Makeyevka Complex.
3. Makeyevka Metallurgical Plant imeni Sergei M. Kirov.
25X1A2g
48? O3'N - 37? 58'E. Makeyevka, Stalino Oblast,
Ukraine SSR. The rail junction of Yasinovataya is approximately
7 km northwest of the plant, and the Mishino railroad station is
approximately 2 km southeast. Approximately 500 m to the west
of the plant site there is a lake, 250 to 300 m wide, which
furnishes water for use of the plant. At the southern limit of
the plant there is a coal mine. Blast furnaces are located at
the southern side of the plant area and are separated from the
steelmaking facilities by the electric power station. Two single
track rail lines enter the plant area from the north and fan out
into the site.
b. History and Development.
The construction of the first units of the
Makeyevka Metallurgical Plant began in 1897 with the assistance
of French engineers. Approximately 2 years later the plant was
in operation under the direction of the General Corporation of the
Iron and Steel Works of Russia. During the First Five Year Plan
(1928-32) and Second Five Year Plan (1933-37) Makeyevka was mod-
ernized and expanded. Existing blast furnaces were mechanized
with the latest type of blowers and automatic charging devices,
and blooming mills, sheet and rail mills, and several technical
16 - 61 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
shops were added to the existing installations. Under the plans
the mill was to have a capacity of 2,240,000 MT of pig iron.,
2,150, 000 MT of ingot steel, and 1,820,000 MT of finished steel
products, and it was to be one of the largest and most efficient
steel plants in the USSR. J
Upon the approach of the German Army in the early
days of World War II, precautions were taken by plant officials to
deny the facilities of the mill to the Germans. Furnaces were left
standing, but charges were allowed to freeze in the blast furnaces
and open-hearths. In the new open-hearth plant, which was still
under construction, the structure was blown in such a way as to
collapse the roof into the furnaces. All electrical equipment and
movable machinery was evacuated. The Germans had little success
in reconstructing the ruins. Makeyevka was recaptured by the Red
Army in September 1943, and restoration was begun immediately.
Over-all destruction was estimated as ranging between 65 and
80 percent.
By June 1946 the mill was estimated to have been
operating at approximately 50 percent of its prewar capacity. It
was the goal of the Fourth Five Year Plan to have Makeyevka fully
constructed and in operation by the end of the plan. It is
believed that the goal was achieved. J
c. Raw Materials and Other Inputs.
There is an abundance of raw materials within easy
rail distance of the plant. Iron ore comes from Krivoy Rog and
dolomite comes from the Nikitovka Dolomite Works. Manganese ore
(25 to 40 percent Mn) comes from Nikopol' and Chiatura. 4/
Coal. Three, and possibly more, coal mines are
located in the immediate vicinity of the town of Makeyevka. Some
coal is received also from the Donets Basin by rail. J
Coke. Metallurgical coke is shipped into the plant
from coke-chemical plants in the vicinity of Makeyevka, Novo-
Makeyevka, and Staro-Makeyevka. J
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S.-E-C-R-E-T
e. Ironmaking Facilities.
Px'ewar. In 1941 there were 5 blast furnaces in
operattion in Makeyevka, which had an estimated yearly capacity of
1,375,000 MT of pig iron. One blast furnace had a capacity of
1,163 cu m and was placed in operation in 1935. One blast furnace
had a capacity of 1,143 cu in. Three blast furnaces had capacities
of 842 cu m each. One source claimed that one of the smaller blast
furnaces was used exclusively for the making of ferromanganese.
Another source reported that this furnace was demolished and later
rebuilt and enlarged for the production of pig iron. When
Makeyevka 'wss about to be overrun by the German Army in the early
days of World War II, the Soviets. allowed the molten metal in the
blast furnaces to freeze. 7/
Reconstruction Period. Restoration of the blast
furnaces began shortly after the recapture of the plant by the Red
Army in September 1943. Blast furnace No. 2 was the first to be
reconditioned, and it is reported to have been placed in operation
before the end of 1943. It was announced that blast furnace
No. 1, with a capacity of 1,180 cu in, was blown in on 1 January
1946, and that No. 3 and No. 4 were in the process of being re-
constructed. There is no record of the completion of any blast
furnaces during 1947. Several sources reported that blast furnace
No. 3 was completed during 1948, and that No. 4 was scheduled for
operation early in 1950. / An unverified report claimed that one
of the blast furnaces with a capacity of approximately 1,000 cu in
was dismantled in 1949, and that it was.to be replaced with a
modern furnace with a capacity of 1,500 cu in. J This information
is not believed to be correct; the furnace probably was enlarged
to 1,180 cu in.
Improvements in Practices. Before World Wax II,
blast furnace linings lasted approximately 7 years, and the
average time required for relining a furnace was approximately
60'days, although one source claimed that at times the repair
period was reduced to as little as 35 days. 10 In July 1946 it
was announced that a new invention had been installed on one of
the blast furnaces which permitted the removal of cooled metal more
efficiently. Under the new system, drilling machines were used
directly on the cooled metal and Amonal was placed into 24 elec-
trically-drilled holes. The metal shattered by the detonation of
the explosive was then extracted from the furnace by a special
4 - 63 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
If'
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
crane. L l/ mid-January 1947, it was announced that the Nevskiy
Machine Building Plant at Leningrad was making the latest type of
turbomachin.ery for starting blast furnace blfowers, and that the
first such device would be shipped to Makeyevka. =J
A new world's record in pig iron production was
claimed in July 1948 for 1 of the large blast furnaces at
Makeyevka, which obtained 1.35 MT of pig iron for each cubic meter
of furnace volume. L3/ In July 1949, blast furnace workers at
Makeyevka pledged themselves to attain a blast furnace coefficient
of 0.83 in the 15th Anniversary of Socialist Competition. 14
Sintering Plant. An iron ore sintering plant was
in production in November 1949. It contained 3 to 5 Dwight-Lloyd
machines, each with a capacity of 5,000 MT of ore. 15
Z.j
In December 1949 a new method for regulating the
operation of blast furnaces, which was developed by the
Dnepropetrovsk Metallurgical Institute, was being used on blast
furnace No. 1. 16 In June 1950, it was announced that operators
in the blast furnace department had attained a coefficient of
0.83 to 0.87 in the utilization of the furnaces. 17 It was an-
nounced that from January to October 1952, blast furnace operators
at Makeyevka obtained 1 ton of pig iron for each 0.87 cu m of
usable space of furnace. 18
At Present. Four blast furnaces are in operation at
the Makeyevka Metallurgical Plant.
Estimated 1952 Pig Iron Production at Makeyevka*
Volume Operating
Production
No. of Blast Furnaces Cu M) Coefficient Days
(Thousand MT)
1
1,180
0.87
340
461.1
1
1,180
0.87
340
461.1
1
842
0.87
340
329.0
1
842
0.87
340
329.0
Total Pig Iron
Production
1,580.2
See Appendix C, Methodology, for use of coefficient in estimating
production.
- 64 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Estimated 1953 Pig iron Production at Makeyevka*
Volume Estimated Operating
Production
of Blast Furnaces (Cu Coefficient Days
No
('Thousand MT)
.
1
1,180.
0.83
340
483.3
1
1,180
0.83
340
483.3
1
842
0.83
340
344.9
1
842
0.83
340
344.9
Total Pig Iron
Production
1, 656.4
f. Steelmaking Facilities.
Prewar. In 1941, steelmaking facilities at
Makeyevka Metallurgical Plant consisted of 13 open-hearth furnaces,
1 Heroult electric furnace with a capacity of 3.5 MT, and 2 Besse-
mer converters, which had not been completed and placed in opera-
tion. The open-hearth furnaces were described as follows:
Four open hearths, each with a hearth area of
22.5 sq m, which had been placed in operation in 1934.
Two open hearths, each with a hearth area of
38.0 sq.it, which had been placed in operation in 1934.
One open hearth with a hearth area of 44.4 sq m,
which had been placed in operation in 1934.
Five open hearths, each with a hearth area of
61.5 sq m and a capacity of 150 MT, which had been placed in opera-
tion in 1933-1934.
One open hearth with a hearth area of 61.5 sq in,
which had been placed in operation in 1935.
These furnaces had a rated capacity of 1.3 million
MT per year. 19
-fie Ap p C, Methodology, for use of coefficient in
estimating production.
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Reconstruction Period. Production of steel was
resumed at Makeyevka in the spring of 1944 with the operation of
4 open-hearth furnaces, which had a total hearth area of 177 sq m
and a capacity of 270,000 MT per year. In September it was an-
nounced that five open hearths were in operation. In April 1945
it was stated that open hearths No. 1 and No. 2 in Open-Hearth
Shop No. 1 would be in operation by the end of September. In
October it was announced that the seventh open-hearth to be re-
stored in Shop No. 1 was in operation and that the shop was re-
stored completely. In February 1946 the 3.5-MT Heroult electric
furnace was placed in operation. In May it was announced that
7 furnaces were in operation and that by the end of the year
3 more open-hearth furnaces would be commissioned.
In April 1947 it was stated that four open-hearths
would be restored before the end of the year. In the spring of
1948 it was announced that 5 open hearths would be placed in opera-
tion by the end of the year and that Open-Hearth Shop No. 2 would
be restored completely before the end of December. Several sources
reported that the eighth open-hearth to be reconstructed went into
operation in May 1948. In December 1948 it was announced that the
ninth furnace had been restored in the record time of 40 days.
Early in 1949 it was claimed that Open-Hearth Shop No. 1 contained
6 furnaces, 2 large and 4 small, and that 1 of the large furnaces
was not yet in production. Shop No. 2 had 7 furnaces, 3 large and
4 small, all in operation, and a Bessemer converter.
In October 1952 it was announced that steel pro-
duction at Makeyevka averaged 117,900 MT per furnace, or an
estimated 1.5 million MT per year. 20
Improvements in Practices. A few announcements
from the press are available which are indicative of the efficient
operation of steelmaking facilities at Makeyevka:
In September 1948 the planned steel coefficient
of the open-hearth shops for the second half of the year was an-
nounced at 5.5 MT. 21 In July 1948 the planned coefficient for
Open-Hearth Shop No. 1 was 5.5 MT as compared to a standard co-
efficient of 4.65 MT, and for Shop No. 2 5.25 MT as compared to a
norm of 4.63 MT. 22 In October 1948 the steel coefficient was
announced at 5.4 MT as compared to a norm of 4.35 MT. L3/ In July
1949, workers pledged to attain a steel coefficient of 5.8 MT in
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
It Open-Hearth Shop No. 1 and 5.3 MT in Shop No. 2, during the 15th
Annual Socialist Competition. 24/
At Present. Thirteen open-hearth. furnaces, 2 Besse-
mer converters, and 1 3.5-ton electric furnace are in operation at.
Makeyevka Metallurgical Plant.
Estimated 1952 Open-Hearth Steel Production at Makeyevka*
Hearth. Area Operating Production
No. of Open-Hearths (Sq M) Coefficient Days (Thousand MT)
1
22.5
5.4
325
39.5
1
22.5
5.4
325
39.5
1
22.5
5.4
325
39.5
1
22.5
5.4
325
39.5
1
38.0
5.4
325
66.7
1
38.0
5.4
325
66.7
1
44.4
5.4
325
77.9
1
61.5
5.4
325
107.9
1
61.5
5.4
325
107.9
1
61.5
5.4
325
107.9
1
61.5
5.4
325
107.9
1
61.5
5.4
325
107.9
1
61.5
5.4
325
107.9
Total Open-Hearth
Steel Production
1, 016.7
* See Appendix C, Methodology, for use of coefficient in
estimating production.
- 67 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Estimated 1952 Bessemer Steel Production at Makeyevka*
Estimated Capacity Heats Operating Production
No. Bessemers (MT) per Day Days Thousand MT)
1 15 25
300
112.5
1 15 25
300
112.5
Total Bessemer Steel Production
225.0
Estimated 1952 Electric Steel Production
3.5
Total Estimated 1952 Steel Production
1,245.2 MT
Estimated 1953 Open-Hearth Steel Production at Makeyevka*
Hearth Area Estimated Operating Production
No. of Open-Hearths (Sq M) Coefficient Days (Thousand MT)
1 22.5 5.8 325 42.4
1 22.5 5.8 325 42.4
1 22.5 5.8 325 42.4
1 22.5 5.8 325 42.4
1 38.0 5.8 325 71.6
1 38.0 5.8 325 71.6
1 44.4 5.8 325 83.7
1 61.5 5.8 325 115.9
1 61.5 5.8 325 115.9
1 61.5 5.8 325 115.9
1 61.5 5.8 325 115.9
1 61.5 5.8 325 115.9
1 61.5 5.8 325 115.9
Total Open-Hearth
Steel Production 1,091.9
* See Appendix C, Methodology, for use of coefficient in
estimating production.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Estimated 1953 Bessemer Steel Production at Makeyevka*
Estimated Capacity Heats Operating Production
No. Bessemers (MT) per Day Days (Thousand MT)
1 15
25
300
112.5
1 15
25
300
112.5
Total Bessemer Steel Production
225.0
Total Electric Steel Production
3.5
Total Estimated 1953 Steel Production
1 ,,320.4
g. Primary Rolling Facilities.
Prewar. Several allegedly authoritative sources,
who appeared to have had wide experience in the rolling mill shops
at Makeyevka, reported on mill installations. No two of these
sources agreed completely. The following mills appear to have
been in operation at the beginning of World War II: one 1,150-mm
blooming mill whose annual production capacity was estimated at
1 million MT; one 5-stand 600-mm billet mill. 25
Reconstruction Period. Except for the blooming
mill, there is no information on the restoration of primary rolling
mills at the plant. Housing for the reconstructed blooming mill
was made by the Urals Heavy Machine Building Plant, and the rolling
table, manipulators, and other machinery were built by the Novo-
Kramatorsk Machine Building Plant. The blooming mill was placed in
operation on 1 January 1947. It was announced that equipment in-
cluded 32 soaking pits with automatically operated covers, each
with a capacity of 4 or 5 ingots, and cranes with lifting capacities
of 5 to 8 MT. The restored mill was to be operated by 80 workers
per shift, including 2 engineers. 26
At Present. Both the blooming mill and the billet
mill are believed to be in operation at Makeyevka.
* See Appendix C, Methodology, for use of coefficient in
estimating production.
- 69 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
h. Finishing Rolling Facilities.
Prewar. As stated above, sources did not agree
on the number and kind of finishing mills at the plant. The
following are believed to have been in operation:
One 4-stand, 3-high 660/630-mm bar mill;
One 4-stand, 630/600-mm bar mill;
One 450/850-mm continuous mill;
One 850-mm rail and structural mill;
One 250/350-mm wire mill
Four rotary furnaces for casting pipe, which had
yearly capacity of 50,000 MT; and
Four rotary furnaces for casting pipe, which were
still under construction.
Other installations reported included a 350-mm
medium bar mill; a 330-mm small bar mill; a skelp mill of
11 stands which reportedly had a production capacity of
250,000 MT per year; and a forge and press shop, which had a
1,000-ton hydraulic press. There are no confirmations for these
finishing mills. 27
Reconstruction Period. By May 1946, 3 rolling
mill units were in operation, and it was planned to have 6 more
in commission by the end of the year. Some of these mills may
have been primary mills. 28
It was announced that rolling mill No. 3, which
produced rails, wire, and angles, was awarded the second prize
in the All-Union Competition for June 1946 by the VTsSPs (not
further identified) and the Ministry of Ferrous Metallurgy. 29
In early 1949, rolling facilities at Makeyevka
were reported to consist of 4 departments, housed in 2 buildings,
and all were in full operation. 30 The old rolling mill building
housed Rolling Mills Nos. 3 and No. 3 produced rails and
angles and had an estimated annual capacity of 180,000 MT. No. 4
produced sheet and plate, and its daily output at the end of 1947
consisted of 200 to 250 plates. 31 The new rolling mill building,
construction of which had begun before World War II, housed Rolling
Mills Nos. 1 and 2. No. 1 was the blooming mill. There is no in-
formation on the functions of No. 2. 32 Rolling Mills Nos. 2, 3,
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
and It. were estimated to have a combined annual capacity of
400,000 MT. 33
At Present. It is estimated that the finishing
mills which were in existence before World War II have been re-
constructed and are in full operation. Some new facilities may
have been added. In February 1951, it was announced that pro-
duction had begun in a new type of corrugated steel, which had
a rough surface for stronger ferroconcrete structures. 34
i. Intraplant Services.
Electric Power. The Makeyevka Metallurgical Plant
power station, which was reported to have had a prewar capacity of
25,000 kw, was salvaged and put back into operation in May 194-6.
Apparently insufficient amounts of power were generated in the
plant and output had to be supplemented from outside sources, the
origin of which had not been determined. One source reported
additional power came from Zaporozh'ye, another claimed Zugres,
a plant located on the Nizhnyaya Krynka River, 23 km to the east;
and another stated that the mill transformer station received
power from the Gorlovka Thermal Power Station. Prewar electric
power production was reported to be 192 million kwh per year. 35
Power for lighting purposes was reported in November 1936 to be
220 v DC, and that for the running of machinery and equipment was
380 v. 36 On 1 January 1948 it was announced that a large steam
turbine was shipped to Makeyevka by the Nevskiy Mashinustroilel'nyy
Zavod. 37
Water Supply. The source of the plant's water
supply is a large lake, 250 to 300 m wide, located approximately
500 m west of the plant site. Within the plant area there is a
reservoir approximately 700 sq m in size where water is sprayed
to cool it for use in the furnaces. There is a 10 to 12 percent
loss of water in the cooling process. 38
Sintering Plant. An iron ore sintering plant with
3 to 5 Dwight-Lloyd machines, each with a capacity of 5,000 MT of
ore was restored and in operation in November 1949. 39
Training School. In November 1946 a school for the
training of apprentices was in operation. Boys 16 to 20 years of
age were accepted for training and were required to sign up for
- 71 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
r
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
4 years work in the plant following the completion of the course.
There were approximately 40 instructors in the school. Four hours
each day were spent on theory and 4 hours on practice throughout
the various departments of the plant. The source estimated 3,000
in training at the time of observation. 40 A plant training
school was also conducted for the benefit of older, experienced
workers at Makeyevka. Courses ran from 6 to 12 months. 41
j. Products and Production.
Products. Products at Makeyevka Metallurgical
Metallurgical Coke
Electric Steel
Armor Plate
Coke byproducts
Blooms and Billets
Rails and Accessories
Pig Iron
Bars
Axles
Open-Hearth Steel
Rods
Wire
Bessemer Steel
Structural Shapes
Iron Pipe 42
Forgings
Production at Makeyevka
1934
1936
1940
1944 1949
1952
1953
Pig Iron 822.9
1,316.o
1,115.0
306.0 750 to
1, 580.0
1,656.4
43
43
45
45 800.0
46
47
47
Steel 570.2
868.o
1,088.0
195.0
1,000.0
1,245.0
1,320.4
43
43
45
45
46
L7/
L7
668.3
43
Rolled
448.2
1,017.0
99.0
400.0
896.0
950
6
Products
43
1,069.0
45
45
46
47
.
L7/
44
In August 1947 it was announced that Makeyevka was
working on an order of sheet metal for "Svet Shakhtera Zavod." 48
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
In July 1950, window frame steel for a Moscow skyscraper and the
first 300 MT of metal for use in the construction of the Moscow
State University were being produced. ~+9 It was announced in
January 1951 that rolled metal for use in the building of the
Volga-Don Canal had been shipped. 50 In April 1951, Makeyevka
received an order for 120 MT of lining and 12 MT of facing for
the Volga-Don Canal. 51
In October 1951 it was announced that Makeyevka
had received an order from the Volga-Don Canal for 5,500 MT of
structurals, 1,300 MT of which were shipped in September and
2,500 MT in October. 52
1. Plant Efficiency.
The following miscellaneous reports throw some
light on the efficiency of Makeyevka:
The press carried an article in 19+7 which claimed
that the plant did not work efficiently during the first quarter of
1946. In the winter months special difficulties were experienced
due to the poor work of the transportation shop. 53
In July 19+8 the plant was awarded the Council of
Ministers' Red Banner in the All-Union Competitions as the best
blast furnace plant in the USSR. 54+
Early in January 1949 it was announced that the
plant's efficiency in the utilization of blast furnaces and open
hearths had increased, but that the steel produced fell short of
the standards set by the 19+8 Conference of Metallurgists of the
Southern and Central USSR. 55
In July 1949 it was claimed that there were
intolerable delays in production at Makeyevka: (1) workers with-
out justification were not fulfilling pledges, (2) the quality of
products was low, and (3) incoming iron ore was being charged in-
to blast furnaces without being graded and sorted. 56
In 1948 the Makeyevka plant achieved a fuel saving
of 10,000 MT. "Gosinspektsiya" (State Inspector) of "Gosnab"
(State Committee of the Council of Ministers of the USSR for Ma-
terial Technical Supplies to the National Economy) found in the
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
first quarter of 1948 that the metallurgical enterprises had not
instituted sufficient control of the consumption of fuel. Failure
of Makeyevka to observe correct heating procedures in open-hearth
furnaces had lengthened the melt by over 30 minutes. Ingots
brought from the open hearths to the stripping department at a
temperature of 1,200 to 1,300 degrees were allowed to over-cool
and were taken to the rolling mills at temperatures of 600 to
'700 degrees, resulting in a loss of 18,000 MT of fuel per year.
Also at Makeyevka, losses of high-calorific coke gas amounted to
more than 6 percent as compared to a planned loss of 1.5 percent.
Gas tanks for holding surplus coke gas had not been restored, and
much gas had been lost by gas-main leaks. Several measures were
introduced in 1948-49 which resulted in considerable reduction in
fuel consumption and included: (1) utilization of the heat of
waste gases from the soaking pits, (2) introduction of flameless
combustion of gas-generating fuel, and (3) introduction of auto-
matic regulation of furnace installations. 57
In April 1950, Makeyevka Metallurgical Plant was
listed among the southern plants which failed to meet plans for the
first quarter of 1950. It was claimed that the plant was poorly pre-
pared for winter operations in that it did not have adequate trans-
portation, which resulted in irregular deliveries of supplies to the
blast furnaces and open hearths. Difficulty was experienced in un-
loading frozen ores, and it was claimed that precautions should have
been taken to prevent this by constructing temporary enclosures. 5001 /
In May 1950 during a three-day conference at Stalino, the Minister
of the Metallurgical Industry of the USSR criticized 4 plants for de-
creased production levels during the first 4 months of 1950. It was
charted that blast furnace operators at Makeyevka had not met quotas.
The Chief Foreman of Makeyevka,* I.G. Korobov, said workers failed to
correct technical procedures or to demand the best from enterprises
furnishing raw materials to the plant. 59 Blast furnace in 1950
were charged with consuming 67 kg more of coke per ton of pig iron
produced than was normal. 60
In the postwar Five Year Plan it was claimed that
Makeyevka had mechanized more than 300 production sectors of the
plant, which resulted in the release of 750 workers for use in
other parts of the mill. 61
- 74 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
m. Administration.
In-the early days of the operation at Makeyevka,
the plant was under the direction of the General Corporation of
Smelters, Iron and Steel Works of Russia. In 1941 the steel mill
was administered by the Peoples' Commissariat for Ferrous Metal-
lurgy. At the present time the Makeyevka Steel Plant is directed
by the Ministry of Ferrous Metallurgy. !L2/
n. Personnel.
Number of Employees. Three shifts per day, 7 days
per week are worked at Makeyevka. The number of workers is as
follows :
1914 1,800 63/
1937 22,000
1941 15,000
1944 10,000 plus 8,000 construction workers. 66
1947 7,000 plus 800 German prisoners of war.
1948 20,000 to 22,000, including 1,000 German prisoners of war.
35 to 50 percent were women. 68
1949 20,000 to 30,000 69
1953 25,000 70
The last group of German prisoners of war left Makeyevka on
19 October 1949. 71
Administrative Personnel. The following individuals
held supervisory positions in the Makeyevka Steel. Plant:
In April 1950 the Director of Makeyevka was
I.F. Belobrov, reported a confirmed Communist. 72
In November 1949 the Assistant Director was (fnu)
Kachinko . 73
In November 1949 the Director of Personnel was
(fnu) Libidinsky (or Labedinski), reported a confirmed Communist. 74
In June 1950 the foreman was I.G. Korobov. 75
-75 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
In January 1947 the Chief of the Rolling Mills
was A.I. Zhukov. L6/
o. Locational Characteristics.
The Makeyevka Steel Plant is surrounded by a fence
approximately 2 m high. Special passes are required for admit-
tance to the plant area. 77
4. Novo Makeyevka Coke-Chemical Plant No. 4
25X1A2g
a. Location.
48? 03'N - 37? 57'E. Makeyevka, Stalino Oblast,
Ukraine SSR. The plant is located southeast of the Makeyevka
Metallurgical Plant imeni Sergei M. Kirov. J
b. History and Development.
Novo Makeyevka Coke-Chemical Plant was in opera-
tion before World War II. When the Germans occupied the plant
in October 1941, it was found that much of the plant equipment
had been evacuated to the Urals by the Soviets. When the Germans
left, the power house and the quenching towers were destroyed.
All four coke batteries and the chemical installations were re-
stored and in operation by the end of 1948. J
c. Raw Materials and Other Inputs.
No information available.
d. Coal and Coke.
Coal. Coal is received from several coal mines
in the Makeyevka area. A belt conveyer carries coal from the
Sofia mine to the coke ovens. J
Coke. Severe damage was sustained by the plant
during World War II. Reconstruction began early in 1946. In
May 1946, workers at the plant pledged themselves to restore the
coke ovens completely and to attain prewar production levels by
the end of 1948. It was planned to have coke battery No. 1 in
- 76 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
i
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
operation in 1946 along with coal tower No. 1, new sedimentation
tanks, and a new sulfate plant. It was promised also that:
(1) the coal concentration process and the quality of the coal
would be improved with the ash content reduced to 9.6 percent;
(2) the steel plant Kirov would be furnished with 16,000 cu m of
gas per hour; (3) the raw benzol yield would reach 0.8 percent;
and (4) ammonium sulfate would be produced. J
A description of the plant, made in early 1952,
Number of Coke Batteries
Number and Type of Coke Ovens
Volume of Oven (Cu M)
Width of Oven (MM)
Normal Coking Time (Hours)
Coal Charge per Oven, Dry Basis (MT)
Total Daily Carbonization Capacity (MT)
Annual Carbonization Capacity (MT)
Annual Coke Capacity, Dry Basis (MT)
Annual Coke Capacity, Moist Basis (MT)
Refined Benzene Capacity (MT per Year)
Refined Toluene Capacity (MT per Year)
Crude Tar Capacity (MT per Year)
Ammonium Sulfate Capacity (MT per Year)
e. Ironmaking Facilities.
None.
f. Steelmaking Facilities.
None.
g. Primary Rolling Facilities.
None.
h. Finishing Rolling Facilities.
None.
- 77 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
4
184 Koppers
18.7
400
15.7
14.0
3,938
1,417,680
1,077,437
1,100,000
8.,91o
2, 090
41,3o4
14,619
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
i. Intraplant Services.
No information available.
j. Products and Production.
The plant produces metallurgical coke, benzene,
toluene, crude tar, and ammonium sulfate. J
Metallurgical coke production in 1952 and in
1953 is estimated at 1.1 million MT. J
Coke gas and metallurgical coke is shipped to the
Makeyevka Metallurgical Plant imeni Kirov. J
1. Plant Efficiency.
In July 1946 the coke section of Novo Makeyevka
was awarded the first premium by the VTsSPs and the Ministry of
Ferrous Metallurgy in the All-Union Competition among ferrous
metallurgical enterprises for June 1946. / Coke yield was
approximately 77 percent in 1952.
The plant is believed to be under the direction of
the Ministry of the Chemical Industry. J
In July 1948 the Director of the Novo Makeyevka
Coke-Chemical Plant was (fnu) Golubchik. 10
o. Locational Characteristics.
- 78 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
5. Staro Make evka Coke-Chemical Plant No. 5.
25X1A2g
a. Location.
48? 02'N - 37? 57'E. Makeyevka, Stalino Oblast,
Ukraine SSR. The coke plant lies southwest of the Makeyevka
Metallurgical Plant imeni Sergei M. Kirov. J
b. History and Development.
The plant was in operation in 1921. During
World War II considerable damage was sustained, but by early 1949
reconstruction was completed. J
c. Raw Materials and Other Inputs.
No information available.
d. Coal and Coke.
Coal. Coal is received from mines in the immedi-
ate vicinity of Makeyevka. J
Coke. There are in operation at the plant four
coke batteries which were described in early 1952 as follows:
Number and Type of Batteries
Total Number of Coke Ovens
Annual Coke Capacity, Dry Basis (MT)
Annual Coke Capacity, Moist Basis (MT)
Refined Benzene Capacity (NT' per Year)
Refined Toluene Capacity, (MT per Year)
Crude Tar Capacity (MT per Year)
Ammonium Sulfate Capacity (MT per Year)
e. Ironmaking Facilities.
None.
f. Steelmaking'Facilities.
None.
4 Semet Solvay
242
388,000
400,000
3,24o
760
15,020
5,316
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
g. Primary Rolling Facilities.
None.
h. Finishing Rolling Facilities.
None.
i. Intraplant Services.
No information available.
j. Products and. Production.
Staro Makeyevka Coke-Chemical Plant produces
metallurgical coke, benzene, toluene, crude tar, and ammonium
sulfate.
Production in 1952 is estimated at
400,000 MT. J No increase in production is estimated for 1953.
Coke is believed to be shipped to the Makeyevka
Metallurgical Plant imeni Kirov. J
1. Plant Efficiency.
In July 1952 it was announced that Staro
Makeyevka Coke-Chemical Plant had fulfilled the production plan
for the first half of 1952 on 28 June 1952. J
in. Administration}.
The plant is believed to be under the direction
of the Ministry of the Chemical Industry. J
Glazunov. ?1
In July 1948 the director of the plant was (fnu)
o. Locational Characteristics.
No information available.
- 80 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
C. Stalino Complex. 25X1 A2
6. Chumakovo Coke-Chemical Plant.
a. Location.
470 57'N - 370 52'E. Chumakovo, neax Stalino,
Stalino Oblast, Ukraine SSR.
b. History and Development.
No information available.
c. Raw Materials and Other Inputs.
No information available.
d. Coal and Coke.
Coke. Only two press items are available on the
Chumakovo Coke-Chemical Plant. In June 1948 the name of the
plant was included in a list of enterprises which had pledged to
increase production; and in July 1948 it was announced that the
plant workers had promised to dress 150,000 MT more of run-of-the
mine coal than called for by the plan in the last half of 1948,
and to raise the yield in such dressing by 3.5 percent. J
e. Ironmaking Facilities.
None.
f. Steelmaking Facilities.
None.
g. Primary Rolling Facilities.
None.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
h. Finishing Rolling Facilities.
None.
i. Intraplant Services.
No information available.
j. Products and Production.
No information available.
k. Distribution.
No information available.
1. Plant Efficiency.
No information available.
m. Administration.
No information available.
n. Personnel.
Rodyakhin. J
In mid-1948 the director of the plant was (fnu)
o. Locational Characteristics.
7. Mushketovo Coke-Chemical Plant No. 9_(Shirokovskiy Coke
Chemical Plant).
25X1A2g
470 48'N - 370 50'E. Stalino, Stalino Oblast,
Ukraine SSR. The coke plant is located in Mushketovo, a suburb
in the southeast part of Stalino.
b. History and Development.
Mushketovo Coke-Chemical Plant was in operation
before 1925. It was reported to consist of 406 coke ovens, with
a total capacity of 2,609 cu m. Another source reported 4 batteries
- 82 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
with a total of 98 Coppee-type ovens in 1935. In 1936, recon-
struction of two coke batteries was planned. The exact number of
batteries in operation before world wax II is not known. Con-
siderable damage was suffered by the plant during the war, but
there is little information available on postwar reconstruction. J
c. Raw Materials and Other Inputs.
No information available.
d. Coal and Coke.
Coal. Coal is received by rail from nearby
mines . J
Coke. It is believed that two batteries of coke
ovens are in operation at the present time at Mushketovo.
Capacities have been estimated as follows:
Number and Type of Batteries 2 Coppee
Number of Coke Ovens 76
Annual Coke Capacity, Moist Basis (MT) 150,000
Refined Benzene Capacity (MT per Year) 1,215
Refined Toluene Capacity (MT per Year) 285
Crude Tar Capacity (MT per Year) 5,633
Ammonium Sulfate Capacity (MT per Year) 1,993 J
e. Ironmaking Facilities.
None.
f. Steelmaking Facilities.
None.
g. Primary Rolling Facilities.
None.
- 83 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
h. Finishing Rolling Facilities.
None.
i. Intraplant Services.
No information available.
j. Products and Production.
Metallurgical coke, benzene, toluene, crude tar,
and ammonium sulfate are produced at the plant. 1952 coke pro-
duction is estimated at 150,000 MT. / No increase in production
is estimated for 1953.
k. Distribution.
No information available.
1. Plant Efficiency.
In 191+0 it was announced that pitch had been
added to poor coking coal at Mushketovo and that the Kharkov
iron foundry had used the product in the production of iron
castings. J
m. Administration.
The plant is probably under the direction of the
Ministry of the Chemical Industry. J
n. Personnel.
In 191+8 the plant director was (fnu) Lipatov. J
o. Locational Characteristics.
No information available.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
8. Novo Smol'yaninov Coke-Chemical Plant.
480 OOtN - 370 45'E. Stalino, Stalino Oblast,
Ukraine SSR. The coke plant is on the main road, Stalino
Dnepropetrovsk, approximately 3 km southeast of the main Stalino
railroad station. J
b. History and Development.
The coke-chemical plant, consisting of four
batteries, was in operation before World War II. Considerable
damage was sustained during the war years, but by early 1949
reconstruction was completed. J
c. Raw Materials and Other Inputs.
No information available.
d. Coal and Coke.
of Stalino. 3/
Coal. Coal is received from mines in the vicinity
Coke. Reconstruction of facilities at Novo
Smol'yaninov began shortly after Soviet reoccupation of the plant
site. By 1 July 1948, No. 1 and No. 3 coke batteries were back in
operation, and it was announced that 2 more batteries and auxiliary
equipment would be placed in operation before the end of the year.
Prisoners of war reported four batteries and the chemical plant in
operation in 1949. An estimate of capacities of facilities at Novo
Smol'yaninov was prepared in early 1952:
Number of Batteries 4
Number of Coke Ovens 190
Coal Charge per Oven, Dry Basis (MT) 15.0
Annual Coke Capacity, Moist Basis (MT) 640,000
Refined Benzene Capacity (MT per Year) 5,185
Refined Toluene Capacity (MT per Year) 1,216
Crude Tar Capacity, (MT per Year) 24,032 4/
- 85 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
i
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
e. Ironmaking Facilities.
None.
f. Steelmaking Facilities.
None.
g. Primary Rolling Facilities.
None.
h. Finishing Rolling Facilities.
None.
i,. Intraplant Services.
No information available.
j. Products and Production.
The Novo Smol'yaninov Coke-Chemical Plant produces
metallurgical coke, benzene, toluene, and crude tar. Metal-
lurgical coke production in 1953 is estimated at 640,000 MT. J
k. Distribution.
In July 1948 it was announced that metallurgical
coke would be supplied to the nearby Stalino Metallurgical Works.
1. Plant Efficiency.
No information available.
in. Administration.
The plant is believed to operate under the
direction of the Ministry of the Chemical Industry. J
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
25X1 A2g
S-E-C-R-E-T
o. Locational Characteristics.
No information available.
9. Rutchenkovo Coke-Chemical Plant No. 2 imeni Kirov.
a. Location.
470 581N - 37? 45'E. Stalino, Stalino Oblast
Ukraine SSR. The plant site is in the suburb of Rutchenkovo,
approximately 5 km southwest of the center of Stalin o. J
b. History and Development.
Four batteries of 140 Coppee-type ovens, each
with a useful volume of 11.45 cu m, were placed in operation in
1915. Three batteries of 142 Otto-type ovens, each oven with a
useful volume of 16.63 cu m, were completed in 1928-31. During
World War II, the installation suffered considerable damage,
estimated by one source to be 80 percent. Reconstruction began
with the German withdrawal from the Ukraine, and by October 1946
the seventh and last coke battery was back in operation. J
c. Raw Materials and Other Inputs.
No information available.
d. Coal and Coke.
Coal. Coking coal is received from mines in the
immediate vicinity of the plant. J
Coke. The following estimate of present facilities
at Rutchenkovo Coke-Chemical Plant was made in 1952:
- 87 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
16
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
Number and Type of
Batteries
Number of Coke Ovens
Volume of Oven (Cu M)
Width of Oven (MM)
Normal Coking Time
(Hours)
Cold Charge per Oven,
Dry Basis (MT)
Total Daily Carboniza-
tion Capacity (MT)
Annual Carbonization
S-E-C-R-E-T
4 Otto 3 Coppee
142 140
19.2
400
15:7 30.0
14.5 8.5
3,148 893
Capacity (MT) 1,133, 280
Annual Coke Capacity,
Dry Basis (MT) 846,093
Annual Coke Capacity,
Moist Basis (MT)
Refined Benzene Capacity
(MT per Year)
Refined Toluene Capacity
(MT per Year)
Crude Tar Capacity (MT
per Year)
Ammonium Sulfate
Capacity (MT per Year)
321,480
244, 300
1,100, 000
8,910
2,090
41,3o4
J
141619
e. Ironmaking Facilities.
None.
f. Steelmaking Facilities.
None.
g. Primary Rolling Facilities.
None.
h. Finishing Rolling Facilities.
None.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
i. Intraplant Services.
Electricity and steam are furnished by the
local power system. J
j. Products and Production.
Rutchenkovo Coke-Chemical Plant produces metal-
lurgical coke, benzene, toluene, crude tar, and ammonium
sulfate. 1952 metallurgical coke production is estimated at
1,100,000 MT. J No increase is estimated for 1953.
Metallurgical coke is shipped to the Stalin,
Zhdanov, Makeyevka, and Dnepropetrovsk steel plants. J
1. Plant Efficiency.
It was announced that the plant had fulfilled
the 1946-50 Five Year Plan. 8
m. Administration.
The coke plant probably operates under the
direction of the Ministry of the Chemical Industry. 21
Balanov. 10
ww~
In July 1948 the director of the plant was (fnu)
o. Locational Characteristics.
S-E-C-R-E-T
t
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
10. Stalino Iron and Steel Works imeni I.V. Stalin.
(Yusovka Iron and Steel Works; Bolshevik Iron
25X1A2g and Steel Works; Pednazedieled Steel Factory).
450 581N - 370 481E. The plant is located in the
city of Stalino, Stalino Oblast, Ukraine SSR. The city of Stalino
was formerly called Yusovka. The steel mill lies south of the
city, southeast of the main railroad station, and is bounded on
all sides by residential areas. It lies close to the Kal'mius
River. J
b. History and Development.
The Stalino Iron and Steel Plant was constructed
in 1869 under English supervision, and was placed under the
management of the former Novorossisk Corporation for Coal Mines,
Iron Rolling Mills, and Rail Mills. Until 1922 only merchant
sheet and rails were produced. In that year a small amount of
quality steel was produced, the output of which increased annually.
In 1932 the ;production of rails was discontinued.
During 1933 through 1937 the entire mill was re-
constructed, modernized, and expanded to a rated capacity of
800, 000 MT of pig iron, 400,000 MT of steel, and 455,000 MT of
rolled products. Installations included five new open-hearth
furnaces and a rolling mill section in which was installed an
antiquated blooming mill.
The plant sustained heavy damage during World
War II. In the face of the German advance, the USSR allowed heats
to freeze in all furnaces; some installations were blown; and all
small tools, machinery, and electrical equipment were removed from
the site. As the Germans retreated, thorough blasting was done,
and it was estimated that the following damage took place:
Blast Furnace Section 88.6 percent
Open-Hearth Section 51.3 percent
Bessemer Converters 99.0 percent
Rolling Mill Section 40.3 percent
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Agglomeration Mill 72.0 percent
Electrical Power Equipment 80.0 percent
Restoration began immediately following the re-
taking of the area by the USSR, and by 1944 the following had
been placed in operation: 2 blast furnaces, 2 open hearths,
2 Bessemer converters, the blooming mill, the 800-mm and the
550-mm rolling mills, two dynamos, and the steam turbines and
blowers. Reconstruction was estimated to be 35 to 50 percent
complete by the end of 1944. It was planned to have 4 large
blast furnaces, 8 open-hearth furnaces, and 6 rolling mills in
operation by the end of 1950. J
c. Raw Materials and Other Inputs.
At the present time, raw materials are coming
from the following sources:
Iron ore by rail from Krivoy Rog and the Urals,
Limestone from Nikilovka,
Coke from the plant ovens and from Rutchenkovo,
Gas by pipeline, 1.20 m in diameter, from the Rutchenkovo
Coke Plant,
Manganese from Nikopol', and
Iron pyrites from Hungary.
A crusher pool in the slag pit crushes slag,
which still contains iron, with a magnetic crane and a steel
block. The iron is remelted for use. J
In July 1944, in a Berlin, Germany, railroad
station a train was observed which consisted of 49 cars loaded
with boiler equipment, tubes, pipes, superheater elements, and
the like. The destination was the Stalino Iron and Steel
Works.
In November 1949,3 trains of 30 cars each
brought iron ore from Krivoy Rog each day. Every 2 days, 120 MT
of manganese ore arrived by rail.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Coal. Coal mines are located in the immediate
vicinity of the plant area. In 1949 1 shaft was damaged and out
of operation, but new shafts were under construction, 1 of which
was in operation later in the year. Coal output is supplemented
by rail shipments from the Donets Basin. J The boiler plant re-
ceived 540 MT of coal daily for the making of steam in November
1949. J
Coke. Stalino has its own coke-chemical plant,
which is located on the southern edge of the city. In 1949 this
plant was estimated to produce approximately 25 percent of the
steel plant's requirements, and output was supplemented by ship-
ments from the Rutchenkovo Coke-Chemical Plant, located a short
distance away. J In 1949, workers at the coke plant and in the
blast furnace department of the steel mill developed a method of
making coke from gas coal instead of from the high grade coal.
The coke was used in charging blast furnaces No. 1 and No. 2, and
it was claimed that pig iron production was increased 5 percent. J
An estimate of coke-chemical production at Stalino,
made by an authoritative source in 1952, is as follows:
Number and Type of Batteries
1 Becker
Number of Ovens
47
Volume of Ovens (Cu M)
19.8
Width of Oven (MM)
4o6.0
Normal Coking Time (Hours)
16
Coal Charge per Oven, Dry Basis (MT)
15.0
Total Daily Carbonization Capacity (MT)
1,058.0
Annual Carbonization Capacity (MT)
380,880
Annual Coke Capacity, Dry Basis (MT)
289)469
Annual Coke Capacity, Moist Basis (MT)
300,000
Refined Benzene Capacity (MT per Year)
2,430
Refined Toluene Capacity (MT per Year)
570
Crude Tar Capacity (MT per Year)
11, 265
Ammonium Sulfate Capacity (MT per Year)
3,987
91
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
e. Ironmaking Facilities.
Prewar. Five blast furnaces were in operation at
Stalino until the area was overrun by the German Army:
Two blast furnaces having a capacity of 627 cu m each,
One blast furnace having a capacity of 565 cu in, and
Two blast furnaces having a capacity of 450 cu m each.
It was estimated that the blast furnace section of
Stalino was 88.6 percent destroyed at the end of the war. 10
Reconstruction Period. Reconstruction of the
blast furnaces at Stalino began shortly after the USSR recaptured
the plant. In April 1944, one furnace was in operation, and a
second furnace was placed in production by the end of the year.
Blast furnace No. 1, the third to be rebuilt, was completed in June
1948. Some changes took place during 1949; by the'end of the year,
No. 1, No. 2, and No. 3 were equipped with automatic controls and
modern measuring devices. In 1949, progress was claimed in the
quality of the pig iron-produced through improvements in the
blending of ores, changes in burdening practices, and the elimina-
tion of impurities. Blast furnace No. 4 was completed and ready
for final tests in November 1949. 11
Improvements in Practices. On 26 November 1949 it
was announced that the Dnepropetrovsk Metallurgical Equipment Plant
had started the production of new welded 50-ton ladles for pig
iron, the first of which had been shipped to Stalino. 121 In
December 1949 it was announced that workers had developed a new
method for repairing Cowper stoves which cut the repair time from
2 months to 2 weeks. 13 In March 1950 an experimental method for
smelting pig iron from magnesium slag was introduced into the
Stalino Works by Academician M.V. Lugovtsev, Director of Ferrous
Metallurgy at the Ukrainian Academy of Science. 14 In February
1950 it was claimed that the blast furnaces were averaging 1 MT of
pig iron for each 0.97 cu m of furnace volume. In May 1951 the
blast furnace coefficient reached 0.89 as compared to a norm of
0.96. The blast furnace shop at Stalino was considered among the
most efficient in the USSR, and won first place in the All-Union
Competition of Metallurgical Combines for the first quarter of
1951. 15 In November 1953 it was announced that the 1952 blast
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
furnace coefficient was 0.88 and that the 1953 coefficient was
0.85.16
At Present. Four modern blast furnaces, Nos. 1
through 4, are in operation at Stalino. Volumes of furnaces by
blast furnace number are not known, but the following size furnaces
are believed to be in production. 17
Estimated 1952 Blast Furnace Steel Production at Stalino*
Volume
Operating
Production
Cu M) Coefficient
Days
(Thousand MT)
627 0.88
340
242.6
627 0.88
340
242.6
565 0.88
340
218.3
450 0.88
340
173.8
Total Pig Iron Production
877.3
Estimated 1953 Blast Furnace Steel Production at Stalino*
Volume
Estimated
Operating
Production
Cu M)
Coefficient
Days
(Thousand MT)
627 0.85
340
250.8
627 0.85
340
250.8
565 0.85
340
226.0
450 0.85
340
180.0
Total Pig Iron Production
907.6
* See Appendix C, Methodology, for use of coefficient in
estimating production.
- 94 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
f. Steelmaking Facilities.
Prewar. There were eight open-hearth furnaces in
operation at the steel works in 1941. No. 8 open hearth was fired
in 1941, and it was claimed it had a rated capacity of 130 to
160 MT and that it was slightly larger than the existing furnaces,
which had capacities of 90 to 120 MT. Two sources, however, re-
ported the following sizes:
Hearth Area
Number of Furnace (Sq M)
3 45.6
1 42.4
4 35.7
In addition to the open-hearths, there were 2 to 4
Bessemer and/or Thomas converters.
At the time of Soviet reoccupation of the area, it
was estimated that damage to the open hearths amounted to 51.3 per-
cent and that the converters were 99 percent destroyed. 18
Reconstruction Period. Restoration of open hearths
at Stalin kept pace with the rebuilding of blast furnaces. By 1946)
four open hearth furnaces had been rebuilt. On 27 October 1948, open-
hearth No. 5, completely automatic and with a rated capacity of 80,000
MT per year, was placed in production. At approximately the same time,
two of the existing furnaces were being reconstructed to operate. auto-
matically. In November 1949, 6 open-hearth furnaces were in produc-
tion and another was being rebuilt, but open hearth No. 8, badly
damaged during the war, had not been touched. There was no mention of
the restoration of the Bessemer and Thomas converters. 19
Improvements in Practices. In July 1949, Stalino
workers pledged to attain an output of -5.28 MT of steel for each
square meter of hearth area during the year. 20 In November 1949,
workers attained an average yield of 5.05 MT of steel for each
square meter of hearth area, 700 kg above the planned yield for
1950. The schedule called for the completion of one melt in
9 hours, but high-speed workers reportedly were completing melts
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved'For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
25X1 B4d
in 7 to 8 hours. 21 Also in November 1949 it was announced that
(1) a suspension roof had been installed in No. 4 furnace, which
had increased the number of melts between repairs by 150; (2) re-
lining of furnaces with dolomite was being done mechanically rather
than by hand; (3) a new method of cooling parts of open-hearth
furnaces was being used which resulted in the replacement of
caissons only once during every 2 or 3 furnace campaigns when cold
repairs were made; and (4) arched anterior walls were replaced with
nonarched walls, which increased the furnace's durability. 22 In
March 1950 it was announced that the steel coefficient had been
fixed at 5.21. MT. 23 Between 1 and 12 March 1950, workers per-
formed 88 fast melts and produced many additional tons of steel.
On 31 March, N. Bychkov completed a melt in 7 hours and 55 minutes,
as compared to the normal time of 9 hours and 45 minutes and
attained 8.58 MT of steel per square meter of hearth area as com-
pared to the usual 5.82 MT. A few days later an all-time record
was set at Stalino by L. Matveev, who reduced melting time to 6 hours
and 40 minutes and realized 9.7 MT of steel for each square meter of
hearth area. 24 In May 1950 it was announced that workers at the
Stalino Laboratory had done considerable work in increasing the
weight of ingots. Engineers changed the form of the molds and in-
creased the weight of the ingots by 300 kg, thereby decreasing con-
siderably the metal wasted in rolling operations. The work also
helped to decrease the consumption of expensive molds. Previously
45 molds were used for 1,000 MT of steel, but only 35 molds were
needed under the new system. L5/ In November 1951, K.V. Baranov,
Director of Stalino Iron and Steel Works; P.G. Glazkov, Chief of
the Open-hearth Shop; and three others were awarded a Stalin Prize,
First Class, for devising and mastering a new method of cooling
open-hearth furnaces. 26
At Present. Eight open-hearth furnaces are in
operation at Stalino. Information on hearth areas at the present
time is not available. It is estimated, however, that sizes are
- 96 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093AO00600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
approximately the same as they were before World Wax II. Bessemer
and Thomas converters were not rebuilt.
Estimated 1952 Open-Hearth Steel Production at Stalino*
Hearth Area Operating
Production
Sq M) Coefficient Days
('Thousand MT)
45.6 5.2 325
77.0
45.6 5.2 325
77.0
45.6 5.2 325
77.0
42.4 5.2 325
71.6
35.7 5.2 325
60.3
35.7 5.2 325
60.3
35.7 5.2 325
60.3
35.7 5.2 325
60.3
Total Open-Hearth Steel Production
543.8
Estimated 1953 Open-Hearth Steel Production at Stalino*
Hearth Area
Estimated
Operating
Production
(Sq M)
Coefficient
Days.
(Thousand MT)
45.6
5.5
325
81.5
45.6
5.5
325.
81.5
45.6
5.5
325
81.5
42.4
5.5
325
76.3
35.7
5.5
325
63.8
35.7
5.5
325
63.8
35.7
5.5
325
63.8
35.7
5.5
325
63.8
Total Open-Hearth Steel Production 576.0
* See Appendix C, Methodology, for use of coefficient in in-
creasing production.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093AO00600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
g. Primary Rolling Facilities.
Prewar. In 1941 primary rolling facilities at
Stalino consisted of one blooming mill and billet mill, 1-stand,
goo-mm. 29
Reconstruction Period. It is not believed that
the blooming mill suffered irreparable damage during World War II.
It was in operation in 1944. A report stated in 1947 that the
blooming mill was obsolescent and required an overhauling every
2 weeks, which required 2 days' work. In December 1949 it was an-
nounced that new techniques had been introduced into the primary
mill. Both soaking pits in the section were converted from solid
fuel to gas for heating, which improved the heating of the ingots
and increased the productivity of the department. It was claimed
that the soaking pits were no longer a bottleneck for the blooming
mill. The brickwork of the pits had been burning out frequently
and needed repair. Engineer Kodryanskiy proposed that the
chamotte bricks be replaced in the arch and the walls, and when
this work had been finished, repairs were rarely necessary. 30
At Present. It is believed that the blooming mill
now in operation at Stalino is basically the same as that in produc-
tion before World War II.
h. Finishing Rolling Facilities.
Prewar. Before World War II the following
finishing rolling mills were in operation at Stalino:
One heavy bar mill, 2-high, reversible, 710-mm
Three medium bar mills, 3-high
One small bar mill, 3-high
Sheet steel also was produced. 31
Reconstruction Period. Two bar mills were in
operation at the plant in 1944. Toward the end of 1947, two mill
trains were dismantled at the Demag Plant in Berlin, Germany, and
were delivered to the Stalino Plant. These mill trains were to be
used for the rolling of armor plate. Considerable difficulty was
experienced in setting up the mills, and by the end of 1949 they
were still not in operation. 32 In November 1949, Stalino was
awarded the Red Challenge Banner for the improvement of the quality
- 98 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
of its rolling mill products. The plant had mastered the produc-
tion of Pobeda Steel (see Steelmaking Facilities above), introduced
a new method of tube calibration and several devices for shifting
metal which reduced the scratching of surfaces, and saved 1,100 MT
of steel. 33
At Present. There is no descriptive information
available on the types of finishing mills in operation at the
present time in Stalino. Items reported as being produced at the
mill include rods for reinforced concrete, steel profiles for the
automotive industry and others, and corrugated steel sheet. 34
i. Intraplant Services.
Power Plant. Prior to World War II, the power
plant at Stalino had a 25,000-kw turbogenerator. The electric
power equipment received heavy damage during the war, and it was
estimated to have been 80 percent destroyed. In November 1949 the
power plant was reported to be in operation with an unknown number
of turbines, one of which was of German origin and had a capacity
of 9,000 kw. There were three transformer stations in the plant
area. At that time Stalino was reported to be receiving additional
power from Zaporozh'ye. 35
Mechanical Shop. In November 1949 the mechanical
repair shop of the mill was equipped with 6 lathes, 1 electric
hammer, 1 steam hammer, 1 milling machine, and 1 drill press. 36
Boiler Shop. In November 1949 the boiler shop
contained four coal-fired boilers which produced steam for use in
the open-hearth plant. 37
Gas-Generating Plant. The gas-generating plant in
November 1947 was equipped with six producers from which coal gas
was obtained for heating the annealing ovens in the rolling
mill. 38
Pump House. In November 1949, water was pumped
from a reservoir located in the center of the city of Stalino. The
supply was inadequate, and there was always a shortage of water in
the steel mill. 39
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Refractory Plant. Refractory bricks were manufactured
prior to the war, and it is believed that the plant is still in opera-
tion. 40
j. Products and Production.
Prewar. In the years before World War II the
following were produced at Stalino:
Metallurgical Coke Sheets
Pig Iron Rails
Steel Spring Steel
Special Steels Boiler Plate 41
.At Present. The following are being produced at the
present time:
Metallurgical Coke Rails
Pig Iron Sheets
Steel Plate
Special Steels Rods for reinforced concrete
Corrugated Sheet. 42
Year
Pig Iron
Steel
1934
690.5
43/
384.8
43
339.0
43
1935
708.5
:
419.0
D3
370.3
I
1936
494.o
__/
1937
526.5
+~+/
1938
530.7
44
1940
883.0
44
588
7
568
0
44
.
281.8
FP
.
1944
1950
265.0
45
130.0
540.0
I/
1951
1,000.0
46
1,095.0
600.0
46
(Capacity)
(Capacity)
(Capacity)
1952
877.3
49/
544.0
49
391.6
49
1953
907.6
/
576.0
9/
414.7
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
k. Distribution.
In March 1949 one source claimed that ingots were
shipped to the rolling mill at Mariupol' (now called Azovstal) or
Il'ich at Zhdanov for processing. 50 In September 1950 it was an-
nounced that operators of rolling mill No. 4 had begun work on an
order for the Kuybyshev power station. 51 In October 1950 it was
announced that a rolling mill had fulfilled an. order for the
Stalingrad hydroelectric power station. 52
Plant Efficiency.
The following information throws some light on the
efficiency of operation of the Stalino Iron and Steel Plant:
There was an item in the Soviet press in 1947
which stated that the efficiency of labor at Stalin had to be
raised. In 1940 the plant produced 131 MT of pig iron and 107 MT
of steel per worker per month, but in 1947 only 100 MT of pig iron
and 102 MT of steel were produced.* 53 One source reported that
the biggest bottleneck in the operation of the mill was the water
supply. Shortages became so acute in mid-summer that all un-
necessary water consumption had to be cut off. Transportation
difficulties during the winter months caused serious shortages of
iron ore. It was also reported that open-hearth furnaces operated
poorly or were tapped prematurely -- frequently, when a furnace
was tapped, pieces of scrap which had not melted were left in the
furnaces. 54
m. Administration.
In 1952 the plant was under the direction of the.
Ministry of Ferrous Metallurgy. 55
n. Personnel.
Number of Employees. Reports vary as to the
number of people employed at the Stalino Iron and Steel Works.
In 1941 there were 14,000 workers. Estimates for the postwar years
* No attempt should be made to estimate steel production on the
basis of this information.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
vary from 10,000 to 20,000. It is estimated that 15,000 employees
are at the plant, working 3 shifts per day, 7 days a week. 56
Administrative Personnel. From an unknown date
until 18 July 19 7 the Director of Stalino was Pavel Vasil'yevich
Andreyev, who died suddenly at the plant. 57
From July 19+7 to the present time the director
has been Vasil'yevich Baranov. Baranov is between 50 and 55 years
old, spent 12 years in the US, married "a Swedish national, speaks
English, French, and German fluently, and was the senior member
of a Soviet delegation which visited US steel plants in 1946.
Formerly he was the chief of the Stalino Rolling Mills. He is not
believed to be a confirmed Communist. 58
The chief of the Stalino open-hearth furnace
department in November was Petr Gerasimovich Glazkov. 59
o. Locational Characteristics.
The plant area is surrounded by a fence 2 m high,
and special passes are required for admission. 60
Kramatorsk Complex. 25X1A2
11. Khartsyzsk Pipe Plant.
a. Location.
400 02'N - 38? 09'E, Khartsyzsk, Stalin Oblast,
Ukraine SSR. J
b. History and Development.
The plant was in existence in 1934. The installa-
tion suffered no damage during World War II.
c. Raw Materials and Other Inputs.
In the prewar years, billets for processing were
shipped in from the Makeyevka Steel Mill. The present source is
not known. 2
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
d. Coal and Coke.
In 1941 coal was received from the Donets Basin,
which is believed to be the source of the present supply.
e. Ironmaking Facilities.
None.
f. Steelmaking Facilities.
None.
g. Primary Rolling Facilities.
Billets are shipped in to the plant for processing.
h. Finishing Rolling Facilities.
Before World War II there were several mills for
the production of skelp, and five pipe-welding mills of the
Dikke type. J
i. Intraplant Services.
No information available.
j. Products and Production.
Products. In April 1951 the plant was producing
skelp, welded pipe, pipe fittings, and swivel nozzles. J
Production. In 1934, 13,300 MT of welded pipe
were produced, and in 1940 output amounted to 20,000 MT. / 1952
production is estimated at 20,000 MT. It is not believed that
production was increased in 1953.
k. Distribution.
Several items have appeared in the press regarding
the distribution of products: in December 1950, several hundred
tons of large pipes were shipped to Stalingradstroy; in February
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
1951, Khartsyzsk shipped pipe to the Tsimlyanskiy Water Supply
and Power Center; in April 1951 the tube works at Khartsyzsk in
the Donbas shipped hundreds of tons of tubing to the Volga-Don
Canal builders; in April 1952 the plant received an order for
100 MT of pipe from the Kuybyshev project; and in June 1952,
Khartsyzsk had recently shipped a number of large-diameter steel
water pipes to the Kakhovka Hydroelectric Construction Project. J
1. Plant Efficiency.
In April 1951 it was announced that the plant
was filling all orders ahead of schedule. This efficiency was
due partly to the constant perfecting of technological processes.
In 1950 for the first time the pipe mill adopted, with the help
of the Ukraine Academy of Sciences, the E.O. Paton method of twin-
arc automatic welding. As a result, the reconstruction welding
stands were producing twice as much pipe as was produced when the
(oxyacetylene) gas-welding method was used. J
The pipe mill is believed to be under the direction
of the Ministry of Ferrous Metallurgy.
Number of Employees. In April 1948 it was esti-
mated that there were 2,000 employees at the plant, one-third of
whom were women, working 3 shifts, 6 days per week. 9
Administrative Personnel. Director of the plant
in July 1948 was fnu Slysk. The head of the pipe welding
division in April 1951 was Engineer (fnu) Garagulya. 10
o. Locational Characteristics.
In the spring of 1948 the plant area was surrounded
by a fence, with wooden control towers in each corner. The gates
were guarded by civilians, and passes with photographs were re-
quired for admission. 11
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
12. Kramatorsk Metallurgical Plant imeni Kuybyshev.
25X1A2g
a. Location.
480 45'N - 370 33'E. The plant is located in the
western part of Kramatorsk, in Stalino Oblast, Ukraine SSR. The
site lies along the Donets railroad line, and the Torets River
flows through the site from south to north. J
b. History and Development.
The Kramatorsk Metallurgical Plant formerly be-
longed to the Kramatorskaya Corporation, and in 1914 it employed
1,750 people. According to the construction plan for 1936, the
plant was to have the following capacities;
Pig Iron
850,000 MT
Steel
220,000 MT
Rolled Products
270,000 MT
Some destruction was suffered by the installation
during World War II, and in 1944 work on restoration of facilities
was begun. J
c. Raw Materials and Other Inputs.
Iron ore is shipped in from mines at Krivoy Rog._
In late 1948 it was reported that iron and steel scrap was re-
ceived from the Stalin Heavy Machinery Plant. J
Coke. Approximately 25 percent of coke require-
ments are supplied by a small coke-chemical plant at Kramatorsk.
Production is supplemented by shipments of metallurgical coke
from other plants in the Ukraine. The coke-chemical plant at
Kramatorsk consists of 1 coke battery with 50 Collin coke ovens.
It was built in 1914, but did not go into operation until 1923.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
The following estimate of the plant was made by an authoritative
source:
Number
of
Batteries
1
Number
of
Collin Coke Ovens
50
Volume
of
Oven (Cu M)
9.1
Normal
Coking Time (Hours)
16
Coal Charge per Oven, Dry Basis (MT)
8.5
Total Daily Carbonization Capacity (MT)
637
Total Annual Carbonization Capacity (MT)
174,420
Annual Coke Capacity, Dry Basis (MT)
132,560
Annual Coke Capacity, Moist Basis (MT)
140, 000
Annual Refined Benzene Capacity (MT)
1,134
Annual Refined Toluene Capacity (MT)
266
Annual Crude Tar Capacity (MT)
5,257
Annual Ammonium Sulfate Capacity (MT)
1,861 J
e. Ironmaking Facilities.
Prewar. Before World War II there were 2 blast
furnaces, No. 2 and No. 3, in operation at Kramatorsk. No. 1
furnace, which had a working volume of 312 cu m, was torn down by
the Russians in 1933 and was never rebuilt. No. 4 furnace, which
was designed for a volume of 930 cu in, was under construction.
Dimensions of the operating furnaces follow:
Diameter (mm)
Working Volume
Furnace Number (Cu M) Hearth Bosh Stockline Large Bell
2
553 or 571
4,900
6,200
4,350
3,000
3
455
4,000
5,620
4,350
3,000
Reconstruction Period. No. 2 blast furnace was
destroyed during the wax, and No. 3 furnace was badly damaged.
Reconstruction began early in 1944, and the following items,
principally from the press and from radio broadcasts, record the
progress achieved: in October 1944, No. 2 furnace had been re-
paired and was drying; in January 1945, No. 3 furnace was re-
stored', in May 1945, No. 3 furnace produced its first pig iron,
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
in September 1948, Kramatorsk had two blast furnaces. No mention,
however, was made that both were working; in September 1949, at
the time of the departure of the last prisoners of war, all
agreed that: (1) No. 2 and No. 3 furnaces were restored and that
No. 4 blast furnace was still being constructed; (2) only No. 3
furnace was in operation; and (3) No. 4 furnace, which had been
designed by Krupp of Essen, Germany, was completed except for the
automatic charging equipment, which the Russians had been unable
to construct. 9
Improvements in Practices. In July 1946 it was
announced that a turboblower with a capacity of 2,000 cu m per
minute had been placed into operation by blast furnace No. 3.
The furnace, it was claimed, was then capable of adding 82 MT
of pig iron to its daily capacity. J In July 1948 it was an-
nounced that blast furnace workers at Kramatorsk had pledged for
the second half of 1948 a blast furnace coefficient of 1.05 in-
stead of the planned coefficient of 1.14.
At Present. Three blast furnaces are in operation
Estimated 1952 Pig Iron Production at Kramatorsk*
Volume Operating Production
No. Blast Furnace Cu M) Coefficient Days (Thousand MT)
2 571 1.14 340 170.2
3 455 1.14 340 135.7
4 571 1.14 340 170.2
Total Pig Iron Production
476.1
* See Appendix C, Methodology, for use of coefficient in
estimating production.
& - 107 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
e
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Estimated 1953 Pig Iron Production at Kramatorsk*
Volume Estimated Operating Production
No. Blast Furnace Cu M) Coefficient Days (Thousand MT)
2 571 1.05 340 184.9
3 455 1.05 340 147.3
571 1.05 340 184.9
Total Pig Iron Production
517.1
f. Steelmaking Facilities.
Prewar. Five open-hearth furnaces were in opera-
tion before World War II.
No. Open Hearth
Hearth Area
Sq M)
Year Placed in Operation
1
27.38
1933
2
31.9
1933
3
32.3
1933
31.7
1929
5
31.7
1931
91
Reconstruction Period. The following progress was
reported on the restoration of the open-hearth furnaces at
Kramatorsk: in July 1945 it was announced that another open-hearth
had been commissioned; in July 1946 it was stated that open hearth
No. 5 had gone into operation -- the third open hearth to be re-
stored at the steel plant -- and that work on the reconstruction
of No. 4 would follow shortly; in September 1948 it was announced
that three furnaces were in operation; in October 1948 it was
claimed that reconstruction of No. 4 had been completed and that
it was drying; in September 1949, several prisoners of war reported
that 5 furnaces were restored and that 3 were in operation while
the other 2 were undergoing repairs. 10
* See Appendix C. Methodology, for use of coefficient in
estimating production.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Improvements in Practices. In July 1948, workers
in the open-hearth shop at Kramatorsk pledged for the last half of
1948 a steel coefficient of 5.1 MT instead of the planned output
of 4.7 MT. In July 1949 it was announced that a new method was
being used to increase the resistance of refractories in the open
hearths. Instead of placing the lining bricks flat, they were
laid edgewise. The first 2 rows were of a thickness of 1-1/2
bricks and the following 2 rows were each of a thickness of a
single row of bricks. It was claimed that the run of the furnace
was thus increased from an average of 28 heats to 60 heats. In
mid-1949 a prisoner of war claimed that the usual practice was to
charge the furnace with 45 percent scrap. In June 1950 a new
system of cooling furnaces was introduced and the charging of the
furnaceswas improved, which made it possible to achieve an average
production in the first week of 6.58 MT of steel for each square
meter of hearth area as compared to a norm of 5.1 MT. In December
1950 the steel coefficient was claimed to be 6.0 MT. 11
At Present. Five open-hearth furnaces, with an
approximate capacity of 60 MT each, are in operation at Kramatorsk,
with approximately the same dimensions that existed before World
War II.
Estimated 1952 Open-Hearth Steel Production at Kramatorsk*
Hearth Area Operating Production
No. Open Hearth (Sq M) Coefficient Days (Thousand MT)
1
27.38
5.1
325
45.3
2
31.9
5.1
325
52.8
3
32.3
5.1
325
53.5
31.7
5.1
325
52,5
5
31.7
5.1
3~5
52.5
Total Open Hearth Steel Production 256.6
One source claimed, however, that 5 open hearths
were in operation in 1950, 3 of which had hearth areas of
* See Appendix C, Methodology, for use of coefficient in esti-
mating production.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
36 square meters and 2 of which had areas of 48 square meters. L2/
Using a coefficient of 5.1 MT, production would have been
338,000 MT on this basis.
Estimated 1953 Open-Hearth Steel Production at Kramator.sk*
Hearth Area Estimated Operating Production
No. Open Hearth (Sq M) Coefficient Days (Thousand MT)
1
27.38
5.5
325
48.9
2
31.9
5.5
325
57.0
3
32.3
5.5
325
57.7
4
31.7
5.5
325
56.6
5
31.7
5.5
325
56.6
Total Open-Hearth Steel Production 276.8
g. Primary Rolling Facilities.
Prewar. There is no information on the blooming
mill in operation at Kramatorsk before World War II.
Reconstruction Period. In February 1947 it was
announced that Kramatorsk was to receive a blooming mill which
was being built by Ushuralzavod. 13
At Present. A blooming mill is in operation,
but no information is available on size and capacity.
h. Finishing Rolling Facilities.
Prewar. There were three bar mills in operation at
Kramatorsk before World War II, as follows: 1 heavy bar mill, 3-
high, 620-mm; 1 medium bar mill, 2-high, consisting of one 600-mm
roughing stand and four 360-mm finishing stands; 1 small bar mill,
3-high, consisting of one 600-mm roughing stand, two 360-mm inter-
mediate stands, and a 280-mm finishing stand. 14
* See Appendix C, Methodology, for use of coefficient in esti-
mating production.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Reconstruction Period. In October 191+6 it was
announced that Rolling Mill 620, a heavy bar mill, had been re-
stored to its prewar capacity and was in operation. It was
expected to produce 95,000 MT annually. In April 19+7 it was
stated that Rolling Mill 280, the small bar mill, had been re-
stored and was in operation. It was also claimed that a new
sheet mill was being constructed; that it was scheduled for opera-
tion by the end of the year; and that it would supply the auto-
motive, metalware, and building industries. In September 1947
one source reported that another rolling mill was under construc-
tion and that the Russians claimed it was the largest mill in
existence. It was reported to be 1,500 m long, and 3,500 workers
were said to be engaged in installing it. In September 1948 it
was announced that rolling mills 620 and 280 were in operation.
At some time during the reconstruction period a
structural mill and a rod mill were installed at Kramatorsk, for
all prisoners of war who were at the plant claimed that structural
shapes and wire were produced at the plant. 15
At Present. The 620 and 280 bar mills, a sheet
mill, a structural mill, and a wire mill are known to be in opera-
tion at Kramatorsk.
i. Intraplant Services.
No information available.
j. Products and Production.
The Kramatorsk Metallurgical Plant produces
metallurgical coke and chemical byproducts, pig iron, steel, bars,
structural shapes, sheet, wire rod, and wire.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
1930 12/
1934 L
1935 18
1936 18
1950
1952 21
1953 21
Metallurgical
Coke
80
132.5
19
132.5
132.5
Pig Iron
300
189
287.6
355
476.1
517.1
Steel for
MIS
153
148.3
186
226.8
380
20
256.6
276.8
Steel fbr
Forgings
5
Polled
Products
120
195.1
213
280
20
184.7
199.3
The following items on the distribution of pro-
ducts of the Kramatorsk Metallurgical Plant appeared in the
Soviet press: in May 1946 the Kramatorsk Metallurgical Plant
was shipping pig iron to the Druzhkovka Steel Mill; in March
1951 the mill was making fittings for the Stalingrad Power
Station; in April 1951, Kramatorsk was shipping structural
shapes to the Stalingrad and Kuybyshev power stations, and
rolled steel to the Volga-Don construction site; in May 1951
and April 1952 the metallurgical plant was shipping rolled
products of various shapes to the Volga-Don Canal project and
to the Tsimlyansk site; in December 1952, Kramatorsk fulfilled
an order for 340 MT of structurals for the Kakhovka Hydroelectric
Power Station project. 22
1. Plant Efficiency.
No information available.
m. Administration.
The plant is under the Ministry of Ferrous Metallurgy.
S-E-C -R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
n. Personnel.
Approximately 3,500 employees were at work in the
metallurgical plant in 1937. In 1949 it was estimated that the
number of employees ranged from 5,000 to 6,000. Three shifts were
worked each day. 23/
Administrative Personnel. In July 19+6 the chief
engineer of the Kramatorsk Metallurgical Plant was (fnu) Filonenko,
but in July 1948, Filonenko was mentioned as the director of the
plant. 24+
o. Locational Characteristics.
Prisoners of war reported that the plant area was
surrounded by a brick wall 2 m high, which had no control towers.
The steel mill was guarded by civilians armed with rifles. 213/
13. Novo-Kramatorsk Machinery Building Plant imeni T.V.
Stalin. NKMZ imeni Stalin).
25X1A2g
480 45'N - 37? 34'E. The plant is in the north-
east section of the city of Kramatorsk, Stalino Oblast, Ukraine
SSR. It lies immediately east of the Kazennyy-Torets River and
east of the main railroad line, Moskva-Kharkov-Taganrog. On the
southern border of the plant site is the Kramatorsk Metallurgical
Plant imeni Kuybyshev. / .
b. History and Development.
The Novo-Kramatorsk Machinery Building Plant was
built in 1933-35, and has become one of the largest producers of
industrial machinery and equipment in the USSR. The plant was
planned to produce 150,000 MT of metal products a year, and in
the prewar years furnished, among other things, rolling mills to
Zaporozh'ye, open-hearth furnaces to Azovstal and Magnitogorsk,
large castings to the Krivoy Rog Turbogenerator Works, and mining
equipment and machinery for use in the Krivoy Rog mines. With the
German advance into the Ukraine during World War II, the Russians
evacuated all movable equipment and machinery to the Electrostal
plant in the Moscow area -- which also bears the same name, Novo-
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Kramatorsk Machine Building Plant imeni Stalin. With the recapture
of the Ukraine, reconstruction of the damaged plant began and new
equipment, reportedly from a Dusseldorf machine plant, was moved
into the Ukraine plant. In addition to machinery and equipment,
the Stalin plant produced large gun barrels and aircraft bomb cases
during the war years. By mid-1946 the iron and steel foundries were
ready to begin operations, and two open-hearth furnaces were in pro-
duction. J
c. Raw Materials and her Inputs.
In November 1944 the plant was receiving ferro-
silicon with a metal content of 75 percent and 45 percent from the
Zestafoni Ferroalloy Plant. Pig iron, rolled products, and gas for
use in the open-hearth furnaces came from the nearby Kramatorsk
Metallurgical Plant. One source reported that rolled steel 20 cu m
in diameter was being shipped into the plant from Zaporozh'ye in
May 1949.
d. Coal and Coke.
Little information is available. Coal was being
received from Stalino by rail in May 1949, and it is believed that
metallurgical coke is procured from the coke plant at Kramatorsk
Metallurgical Plant, which lies to the south. 4/
e. Ironmaking Facilities.
None. Pig iron is received from the Kramatorsk
Metallurgical Plant.
f. Steelmaking Facilities.
Prewar. In the years before World War II, Novo-
Kramatorsk had 4 open-hearth furnaces, 1 VEO 3-ton electric furnace,
and 2 10-ton electric furnaces. The open hearths, 2 of which had
capacities of approximately 35 MT and 2 of 100 MT, had the
following dimensions:
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
No. Open Hearth
Hearth Area
(Sq M)
Year Placed in Operation
1
19.6
1934
2
19.6
1934
3
44.68
1933
4
44.68
1933 J
Reconstruction Period. The damage sustained by
steelmaking facilities at Novo-Kramatorsk is not known. In 1944
it was announced that the open-hearth shop was restored and that
steel was being produced. In mid-1946 two open hearths were in
operation, and in April 1948 it was announced that the fourth open
hearth was restored to its prewar capacity. In May 1948 it was
announced that a 10-ton electric furnace had been restored. A
prisoner of war claimed that in May 1949{4 open-hearth furnaces
and 2 electric furnaces were in operation. J
Im movements in Practices. In May 1940 it was
announced that No. 4 open hearth had melted the first rustproof
steel. Formerly this type of steel was melted in the electric
furnace. It was to be used for the making of blade wheels for
hydroturbines. J
In May 1948 it was announced that a 230-MT basic
steel ingot had been made, for the first time in the USSR, at the
Novo-Kramatorsk Plant. The ingot was to be used for the making
of a hydrogenerator shaft. No. 2 furnace was charged with 100 MT
of raw materials, No. 3 was charged with 80 MT, and No. 4 was
charged with 70 MT. Output amounted to 95 MT plus 75 MT plus
65 MT, or a total of 234 MT of ingot. The three heats were tapped
simultaneously. J
At Present. Four open-hearth furnaces and 3 elec-
tric furnaces are in operation at Novo-Kramatorsk. Two open
hearths have a capacity of approximately 100 MT, and 2 have 35 MT.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Estimated 1952 Open-Hearth Steel Production at Novo -Kramat or sk*
Operating
Production
No. Open Hearth
(Sq M)
Coefficient
Days
(Thousand MT)
1
19.6
5.0
325
31.8
2
19.6
5.0
325
31.8
3
44.68
5.0
325
72.6
4
44.68
5.0
325
72.6
Total Open-Hearth Steel Production 208.8
Estimated 1952 Electric Furnace Steel Production
at Novo-Kramatorsk
Thousand Metric Tons
No. Furnace Capacity Production
1 3
3.0
2 10
20.0
Total Electric Steel Production
23.0
Estimated Total 1952 Steel Production
231.8
Estimated 1953 Open-Hearth Steel Production at Novo-Kramatorsk*
Hearth Area Estimated Operating Production
No. Open Hearth (Sq M) Coefficient Days (Thousand MT)
1 19.6 5.5
325
35.0
2 19.6 5.5
325
35.0
3 44.68 5.5
325
78.8
4 44.68 5.5
325
78.8
Total Open-Hearth Steel Production
227.6
* See Appendix C, Methodology, for use of coefficient in esti-
mating production.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Estimated 1953 Electric Furnace Steel Production
at Novo-Kramatorsk
No. Furnaces Capacity Production
1 3 3.0
2 10 (each) 20.0
Total Electric Steel Production 23.0
Estimated Total 1953 Steel Production 250.6
g. Primary Rolling Facilities.
None.
h. Finishing Rolling Facilities.
None.
i. Intraplant Services.
No information is available which bears directly on
steelmaking facilities.
j. Products and Production.
Novo-Kramatorsk produces castings and forgings.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Production of Raw Steel
1934-53
1934
91
104,000
1935
9/
160,500
1936
l0
161,000
1950
11
190,000
1952
12
230,000
1953
12
250,000
Castings and forgings are supplied to all the major
industrial enterprises in the USSR.
1. Plant Efficiency.
No information is available on the efficiency of
the operation of the steel plant.
The plant is under the administration of the
Ministry of Heavy Machine Building. L3/
n. Personnel.
Number of Employees. 650 employees worked in the
steel plant; of Novo-Kramatorsk in May 1949. Of these, 150 were
employed in the open-hearth shop. Three shifts were worked a day,
7 days a week. 14
Administrative Personnel. In December 1946 the
chief of the open hearth shop was fnu Kishkin. 15
The plant is surrounded by a barbed wire-topped
stone wall approximately 3 m high, with watch towers located at
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
regular intervals. The plant is guarded by uniformed watchmen, and
passes are required for admission. 16.
14. Staro-Kramatorsk Machinery Building Plant imeni
Ordzhonikidze.
25X1 A29
a. Location.
48? 451N - 37? 331E? Kramatorsk, Stalino Oblast,
Ukraine SSR. The Staro-Kramatorsk Machinery Building Plant lies
just south of the Kramatorsk Metallurgical Plant imeni Kuybyshev.
Kramatorsk is on the main railroad line, Moscow-Rostov-Baku. J
b. History and Development.
Staro-Kramatorsk is one of the oldest industrial
organizations in the southern part of the USSR. It was constructed
originally in the late 1890's, and operated as a small machinery
building plant until the Russian Revolution of 1917. After its
management was taken over by the state, the plant was developed
and expanded. It suffered considerable damage during World War II,
and reconstruction began shortly after the USSR regained the terri-
tory from the Germans in early 1944. The plant produces machinery
and equipment for all types of industrial enterprises. J
c. Raw Materials and Other Inputs.
Pig iron arrives by rail from an unknown source.
Since the plant is located so close to the Kramatorsk Metallurgical
Plant imeni Kuybyshev, it is probable that some pig iron is re-
ceived from that plant. J
d. Coal and Coke.
No information available.
e. Ironmaking Facilities.
None.
- 119 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
f. Steelmaking Facilities.
Before world war II, the steel foundry in Staro-
Kramatorsk contained 2 small Bessemer converters, each with a
capacity of 1.5 MT. One Bessemer was back in operation in August
1947, and it is assumed that both converters and the electric fur-
nace are in operation at the present time. J
Estimated Annual Bessemer Steel Production
at Staro-Kramatorsk
1952, 1953
Capacity Heats per Operating Production
Bessemer No. (Thousand MT) Day Days (Thousand MT)
1 1.5 25 300 11.25
2 1.5 25 300 11.25
Total Bessemer Steel Production 22.50
Estimated Electric Steel Production 1.5
Total Estimated Steel Production 2L+.0
All steel produced is probably used within the
plant for making castings and forgings.
g. Primary Rolling Facilities.
None.
h. Finishing Rolling Facilities.
Steel castings and forgings are made.
i. Intraplant Services.
No information available.
j. Products and Production
The plant produces steel castings and forgings
which are used in the manufacture of equipment for industrial
- 120 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
plants. The amount of castings and forgings is not known.
Estimated 1952 and 1953 Steel Production
at Staro-Kramatorsk
Metric Tons
Bessemer Steel 22,500
Electric Steel 1,500
Total Steel Production 21+,000
plant.
All steel castings and forgings are used in the
1. Plant Efficiency.
In July 1950 it was announced that the plant had
completed the Five Year Plan for the production of steel and non-
ferrous castings. J
The plant is under the administration of the
Main Administration of Metallurgical Machine Building, Ministry of
Heavy Machine Building. J
n. Personnel.
No information available.
o. Locational Characteristics.
No information available.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
E. Gorlovka Complex.
15. Kirov Machine Plant (Mining Equipment Factory).
25X1A2g
a. Location.
48? 10'N - 38? 04'E. The Kirov Machine Plant is
located in Gorlovka, Stalino Oblast, Ukraine SSR.
b. History and Development.
No information available.
c. Raw Materials and Other Inputs.
No information available.
d. Coal and Coke.
No information available.
e. Ironmaking Facilities.
None.
f. Steelmaking Facilities.
In 1936 it was announced that the plant had 4 small
Bessemer converters, each with a capacity of 2 MT, and 4 VEO-type
electric furnaces, each with a capacity of 0.5 MT.
In the postwar years, some prisoners of war reported
1 to 4 open-hearth furnaces, others reported 4 cupola furnaces, and
some claimed Bessemer and electric furnaces. It is believed that
the steelmaking facilities which were in operation before World
War II, that is, 4 small Bessemers and 4 small electric furnaces,
are in production at the present time at Kirov Machine Works. 2
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Estimated 1952 and 1953 Steel Production at Kirov
Number of Capacity Daily Capacity Operating Pr~duction
Bessemers (MT) (25 Heats) Days (Thousand MT)
Total Steel Production 62
Estimated Electric Steel production, 4 0.5-ton
Furnaces
4 (2-ton) 8 200 MT 300 60
g. Primary Rolling Facilities.
None.
h. Finishing Rolling Facilities.
None.
J. Intraplant Services.
No information available.
j. Products and Production.
Kirov Machine Plant is one of the largest producers
of coal mining equipment in the Ukraine. Total steel production,
all of which is used in steel castings, is estimated to be approxi-
mately 62,000 MT per year.
k. Distribution.
No information available.
1. Plant Efficiency.
No information available.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
M. Administration.
Coal Industry. J
n. Personnel.
No information available.
o. Locational Characteristics.
No information available.
16. Novo Gorlovka Coke-Chemical Plant No. 3 imeni
- Koksakhim. 25X1 A29
48? 18'N - 38? 03'E. Novo Gorlovka, Stalino Oblast,
Ukraine SSR. Novo Gorlovka adjoins the city of Gorlovka, and the
coke plant is on the western boundary of Novo Gorlovka.
b. History and Development.
Novo Gorlovka Coke-Chemical Plant was built in
1928-31. Considerable damage to facilities occurred during World
War II, but by the middle of 1950 all four batteries had been re-
stored to prewar capacities.
c. Raw Materials and Other Inputs.
No information available.
d. Coal and Coke.
Coal. Coal comes from two large mines near the
plant and from the Karl Marx mine near Gorlovka. J
Coke. Before World War II, Novo Gorlovka Coke-
Chemical Plant consisted of 4 batteries, with a total of 233 ovens.
Production in 1935 amounted to approximately 900,000 MT. Recon-
struction of the plant began early in 1946, and by October 1949,
3 batteries were in operation and the fourth was scheduled for pro-
S-E-C -R-E-T
The plant is administered by the Ministry of the
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
duction by the middle of 1950. It is believed that all four
batteries are in operation at the present time. The following esti-
mate of capacities was made in 1952:
Number and Type of Batteries 4 Koppers
Number of Coke Ovens 233
Normal Coking Time (Hours) 16
Coal Charge per Oven, Dry Basis (MT) 15
Total Daily Carbonization Capacity (MT) 5,243
Annual Carbonization Capacity (MT) 1,887,480
Annual Coke Capacity, Dry Basis (MT) 1,434,424
Annual Coke Capacity, Moist Basis (MT) 1x450,000
Refined Benzene Capacity (MT per Year) 11,745
Refined Toluene Capacity (MT per Year) 2,755
Crude Tar Capacity (MT per Year) 54,448
Ammonium Sulfate Capacity (MT per Year) 19,270
e. Ironmaking Facilities.
None.
f. Steelmaking Facilities.
None.
g. Primary Rolling Facilities.
None.
h. Finishing Rolling Facilities.
None.
i. Intraplant Services.
No information available.
j. Products and Production.
The plant produces metallurgical coke, refined
benzene, toluene, crude tar, and ammonium sulfate. Production of
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
metallurgical coke for 1952 is estimated at 1,450,000 MT. J
No increase is estimated for 1953
k. Distribution.
In 1932 it was stated that the coke plant was not
related closely to any particular metallurgical plant. Production
formed a reserve for plants in the Stalino area and the Donbas,
principally Yenakiyevo, Stalino, and Makeyevka. J
1. Plant Efficiency.
The plant was awarded a second premium for its out-
standing work in the May 1947 competition among enterprises of the
Ministry of Ferrous Metallurgy. In July 1948 the director promised
in the second half of 1948 that the plant would dress 100,000 MT
more run-of-the-mine coal than was called for by the plan. 7/ The
coke yield in 1952 was 76.7 percent.
M. Administration.
The plant probably operates under the direction of
the Ministry of the Chemical Industry. J
The plant director in July 1948 was (fnu)
Vorob'yev. 9/ In 1949 it was reported that the director was (fnu)
Boshedalov and the chief engineer was (fnu) Nikitel. 10
o. Locational Characteristics.
No information available.
F. Konstantinovka Complex.
17. Konstantinovka Coke-Chemical Plant No. 17-
a. Location.
48? 30'N - 37? 43'E? Konstantinovka, Stalino Oblast,
S-E-C -R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
b. History and Development.
The Konstantinovka.Coke-Chemical Plant was placed
in operation in 1915; it consisted of 2 batteries with a total of
40 ovens, and had a reported capacity of 90,000 MT of metal-
lurgical coke a year. Some damage was suffered during World
War II. In 1944 it was announced that the plant was being re-
built.
c. Raw Materials and Other Inputs.
No information available.
d. Coal and Coke.
Coal. Coal is received from mines in the immediate
area of the plant. /
Coke. Except for the announcement that the coke-
chemical plant was being rebuilt in 1944, there is no information
of a recent date on the installation. The following estimate of
capacities of the plant was made in January 1952:
Number of Batteries
1
Number of Coke Ovens
4O
Annual Coke Capacity, Dry Basis (MT)
291,000
Annual Coke Capacity, Moist Basis (MT)
300,000
Refined Benzene Capacity (MT per Year)
2,430
Refined Toluene Capacity (MT per Year)
570
Crude Tar Capacity (MT per Year)
11,265
Ammonium Sulfate Capacity (MT per year)
3,987
e. Ironmaking Facilities.
None.
f. Steelmaking Facilities.
None.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
g. Primary Rolling Facilities.
None.
h. Finishing Rolling Facilities.
None',
i. Intraplant Services.
No information available.
j. Products and Production.
The coke-chemical plant produces metallurgical
coke, benzene, toluene, crude tar, and ammonium sulfate. Produc-
tion in 1952 is estimated at 300,000 MT. J No increase in pro-
duction is estimated for 1953.
k. Distribution.
No information available..
.1. Plant Efficiency.
No information available.
in. Administration.
Konstantinovka Coke-Chemical Plant probably operates
under the direction of the Ministry of the Chemical Industry. J
Pozhidayev. 61
In July 19+8 the plant director was (fnu)
o. Locational Characteristics.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
18. Konstantinovka Metallurgical Plant imeni Frunze.
25X1A2g
a. Location.
480 32'N - 370 321E, Konstantinovka, Stalino
Oblast, Ukraine SSR. The site lies in the northwestern part of the
city, adjacent to the railroad station and between the Kramatorsk-
Konstantinovka-Gorlovka railroad and the Torets River. J
b. History and Development.
The plant was built originally in 1898-99, and at
one time, probably before the Russian Revolution, it was owned and
operated by Toleries, Hauts-Fourneaux, Acieries et Laminoirs de
Constantinovka, S.A., headquarters of which were in Brussels. The
mill suffered considerable damage during World War II, variously
estimated as being between 40 and 80 percent. Reconstruction and
restoration of facilities began in 1944, and it was stated that
the plant would be completed by 1950. The 50th anniversary of the
installation was celebrated in 1948 or 1949. J
c. Raw Materials and Other Inputs.
Prewar. Iron ore was shipped into the plant from
the Krivoy Rog Mines.-3/
Reconstruction Period, Iron ore was received from
Krivoy Rog. One source, however, claimed that in August 1949 iron
ore, varying in iron content from 40 to 60 percent, was shipped
into Konstantinovka in 3 grades, Nos. 21, 22, and 24, and that
40 percent of the iron ore required came from Kursk and 60 percent
from the Urals.
Baled scrap in late 1948 came from Tula.
Manganese ore was received in 2 grades from the
Caucasus -- the 45 percent ore was used in furnaces for the pro-
duction of'pig iron, and the 55 percent ore was used to produce
ferromanganese.
Rumania. J
Fuel oil is shipped in from the Baku fields and
- 129 -
B-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
d. Coal and Coke.
Coal. Throughout the history of the plant, coal
has been shipped in by rail from the Donets Basin. J
Coke. The situation on the production of coke at
Konstantinovka is not clear from the evidence available. It is
probable that there are 2 coke plants in the immediate vicinity of
the city: 1 located on the southern edge of the metallurgical
plant site which is under the direction of the plant and supplies
only the Frunze works, and a coke-chemical plant with Soviet
Koppers or Becker ovens located elsewhere in the vicinity. J
e. Ironmaking Facilities.
Prewar. Two blast furnaces were in operation
before the war, both of which were built in 1932, and each of which
had an annual capacity of 140,000 MT of pig iron.
Diameter (MM)
Working Volume
Blast Furnace (Cu M) Hearth Bosh Stockline
No. 1 (Pig Iron) 365 4,000 5,76o 4, l00
No. 2 (Ferro-
manganese) 388 4,100 5,800 4,200 J
Reconstruction Period. World War II damage to the
two blast furnaces is unknown, but reconstruction started with the
Soviet reoccupation of the plant in 1944. In July 1944 it was an-
nounced that blast furnace No. 1 was restored. In July 1945 it
was announced that blast furnace No. 2 had been commissioned. In
May 1947 a prisoner of war reported that blast furnace No. 1 had
the capacity to produce 300 MT of pig iron per day, and that blast
furnace No. 2 had the capacity to produce 125 to 150 MT of ferro-
manganese per day. In March 1949 several prisoners of wax reported
that No. 1 furnace was producing 320 to 360 MT of pig iron per day,
that the furnace had been modernized in March of 1948, and that
furnace No. 2 was producing 130 to 150 MT of ferromanganese per
day. In August 1949, two blast furnaces were in operation and con-
struction had been started on blast furnace No. 3. One prisoner of
war stated that he had worked on No. 3 and that in August 1949, the
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C R E-T
time of his departure, the furnace was 3 m high. Another prisoner
of war reported 2 furnaces in operation and 1 under construction,
and that No. 2 was being fitted with automatic charging devices.
Still another reported that No. 3 furnace was scheduled for opera-
tion early in 1950. J
Practices in Blast Furnace Operation. The fol-
lowing charging practices were reported for the two blast furnaces:
Charging Practices for Blast Furnace No. 1 (Pig Iron)
Kilograms
Source -a/ -91 Source ! 10/
Metallurgical Coke
Limestone
Iron Ore
Manganese
Scrap
5,600
3,000
1a-, 200
750
700
1+,000
2,000
1+, 500
2,000
a. As of March 1947-
28 charges were made per shift
and the furnace cast 2 times each shift. Each cast
yieldea approximately 70 MT of pig iron, or approxi-
mately 400 MT per day.
b. As of July 191+9. The furnace cast 6 times per
day and yielded approximately 300 MT.
In April 1952 it was announced that the coefficient
for blast furnace No. 1 was 1.11. ll
Charging Practices for Blast Furnace No. 2 (Ferromanganese)
Kilograms
Source _/* 2,2 Source J 13 Source J It
Metallurgical Coke 5,600 2,000 2,000
Manganese 4,500
Footnotes for Tabulation follow on p. 132.
- 131 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C -R-E-T
Charging Practices for Blast Furnace No. 2 (Ferromanganese)
(Continued)
Kilograms
Source -a/ 12/
Source ? 13
Source J 1
Manganese
(Continued)
Mn 4+5 percent
1,800
Mn 55 percent
3,200
Mn 60 to 85 percent
1, LI.00
Scrap
700
350
Limestone
3,600
3,600
1,350
Iron Ore
600
Bauxite
600
a. As of March 19]7. Processed 21 charges per shift, and the
furnace was cast 2 times each shift. Each cast yielded 16 MT, or
a daily total of 96 MT.
b. As of July 1949. Furnace cast 3 or 4+ times per day. Average
daily production was 150 to 200 MT of ferromanganese.
c. As of August 1949.
At Present. These blast furnaces are believed to
be in operation at Konstantinovka Metallurgical Plant. There is
no information on the size of blast furnace No. 3.
Estimated 1952 Production at Konstantinovka*
No. Blast Furnace
Volume
(Cu M)
Operating Production
Coefficient Days (Thousand MT)
1 (Pig Iron)
365
1.11
34o
111.8
2 (Ferro-
manganese)
388
2.5
31+0
52.8
* See Appendix C, Methodology, for use of coefficient in esti-
mating production.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Estimated 1952 Production at Konstantinovka
(Continued)
Volume Operating Production
No. Blast Furnace (Cu M) Coefficient Days (Thousand MT)
3 .(Pig Iron) 400 1.11 34O 123.5
(Estimated)
Total Pig Iron Production 235.3
Estimated 1953 Production at Konstantinovka*
No. Blast Furnace
Volume
(Cu M)
Estimated Operating Production
Coefficient Days (Thousand MT)
1 (Pig Iron)
365
1.0
340
124.1
2 (Ferro-
manganese)
388
. 2.5
34O
(52.8)
3 (Pig Iron)
400
(Estimated)
1.0
340
136.0
Total Pig Iron Production
260.1
f. Steelmaking Facilities.
Prewar. Before World War II there were 5 open-
hearth furnaces. in operation at Konstantinovka Metallurgical
Plant which were reported to have an annual capacity of 130,000 MT.
Hearth Area
Number of Furnaces (Sq M)
1 19.2
1 21.3
1 "22.0
1 22.3
1 37.3 15
See Appendix C, Methodology, for use of coefficient in esti-
mating production.
- 133 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Reconstruction Period. Reconstruction of the open-
hearth furnaces began early in 1977,-and by the end of 1950 all
five furnaces had been restored. L6/
Improvements in Practices. In November 1947 it was
announced that the average yield of the furnaces was 6.8 MT of steel
for each square meter of hearth area. In December 1947 the steel
coefficient was fixed at 4.5 MT. In July 1948 it was announced that
steel workers at the plant had pledged a steel output of 5.65 MT for
each square meter of hearth area for the last half of 1948, instead
of the planned yield of 5.45 MT. In August 1949 a prisoner of war
reported that 40 to 50 percent of the open-hearth charge consisted
of iron and steel scrap. In September 1949 it was announced that
the steel coefficient was fixed at 6.4 MT. 17
At Present. Five open-hearth furnaces, 4 of which
have an approximate capacity of 30 MT and 1 of 65 MT, are in opera-
tion at Konstantinovka Metallurgical Plant. Hearth areas are be-
lived to be approximately the same as those before World War II.
Estimated 1952 Steel Production at Konstantinovka*
No. of Open
Hearth Area
Operating
Production
Hearths
Sq M)
Coefficient
Days
(Thousand MT)
1
19.2
6.0
325
37.4
1
21.3
6.o
325
41.5
1
22.0
6.0
325
42.9
1
22.3
6.0
325
43.5
1
37.3
6.o
325
72.7
Total Steel Production 238.0
* See Appendix C, Methodology, for use of coefficient in esti-
mating production.
- 134 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T-
Estimated 1953 Steel Production at Konstantinovka*
No. of Open
Hearth Area
Estimated
Operating
Production
Hearths
(Sq M)
Coefficient
Days
(Thousand MT)
1.
19.2
6.2
325
38.7
1
21.3
6.2
325
42.9
1
22.0
6.2
325
44.3
1
22.3
6.2
325
44.9
1
37.3
6.2
325
75.1
Total Steel. Production 245.9
g. Primary Rolling Facilities.
No information available.
h. Finishing Rolling Facilities.
Prewar. The following finishing facilities were
in operation at the plant before World War II:
One heavy bar mill, 3-stands, 3-high, 585 mm,
One small bar mill consisting of one 2-high 500-mm
roughing stand and five 3-high 305-mm finishing stands,
One thin plate and sheet mill, 2-high, 5-stands
680/700 mm. This mill was reported to have an annual capacity
of 100,000 MT. 18
Reconstruction Period. Considerable damage was
suffered during World War II.
In October 1947 it was announced that the 585-mm
bar mill destroyed by the Germans was completely restored, and that
it had been provided with complex auxiliary equipment. 19
In August 1949, prisoners of war claimed that there
were 2 rolling mills in operation, 1 for thin plates and sheet and
* See Appendix C, Methodology, for use of coefficient in esti-
mating production.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
1 for the production of structural shapes and rails. Four
annealing furnaces were claimed to be in operation. One source
reported a machine for the shaping of corrugated sheet metal. 20
At Present. The bar mill, thin plate, and sheet
mill, a rail and structural shape mill, and a forge shop are in
operation.
i. Intraplant Services.
Prewar. A transformer station which supplied
both the city and the steel plant was in operation. It had a
operating voltage of 110/35/6 kv and was a 2-phase converter. 21
Reconstruction Period. It was claimed that
electric power was generated in the plant's own power plant,
which contained three steam-powered turbines. There were three
transformer stations within the plant area. Two welding shops
were in operation. Two boiler houses had been reconstructed. A
machine shop with eight to ten lathes, two boring and turning ma-
chines, four to five vertical boring machines, and three or four
milling machines was in operation. A locomotive repair shop kept
plant equipment in repair. There was a brick factory in produc-
tion. 22
At Present. No information available.
j. Products and Production.
Products. Konstantinovka Metallurgical Plant
produces pig iron, ferromanganese, steel, bars, thin plate and
sheet, rails, and structural shapes. 23
- 136 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Product 1933 1936 1937 1938 1949 1950
Pig Iron 183.6
235.3 260.1 35
35
52.8 52.8 35,
35
238.0 245.9 35
35
171.3 177.0 35
35
k. Distribution.
In October 1944 the plant was authorized to ship
2,000 MT of steel bars to Kirov plant, Makeyevka, and to ship
150 MT of cast iron to the Andreyev plant at Taganrog. In March
1950, Konstantinovka was rolling sheet steel for agricultural ma-
chinery production by the Snegirivka.Plant. In October 1951 the
plant received an order for sheet metal from the'Volga-Don Canal
project. 36
1. Plant Efficiency.
The following extracts of published announcements
are indicative of the efficiency of the operation of Frunze:
- 137 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
29
158.4 146.2 to 162.5
122.4 25 204.8 207.3 30 14o.o
24 206/4 L6/ L6/ 175.0 32 33
2 3/
115.6 27/
25 122.4
47.6 to 61.2
100.0
34
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
in January 1947 the 1946 production plan was overfulfilled3 in July
1947, workers of the open-hearth shop entered into a competition
with workers of the Makeyevka, Stalino, Yenakiyevko, Mariupol', and
Kramatorsk plants, and the Konstantinovka Metallurgical Plant
achieved the best record; in December 1947 the 1947 production plan
was fulfilled on 14 December 1947; in December 1948 the 1948 produc-
tion plan was fulfilled on 11 December_1948; in August 1949 the
Frunze plant did not fulfill the plan for the first half of 1949.
One of the basis causes for the failure was the poor organization
of production and labor. In January 1952 the 1951 production plan
was fulfilled ahead of schedule. 37
m. Administration.
The plant is under the administration of the
Ministry of Ferrous Metallurgy. 38
Number of Employees. Estimates of the number of
employees vary greatly, but it is believed there are between 4,500
and 6,000 employees at the plant, of which 30 to 35 percent are
women. Three 8-hour shifts per day are worked, 7 days a week. 39
Administrative Personnel. August 1949 - Director
of Konstantinovka Metallurgical Plant fnu) Lyadov. 40 January
1952 - Chief Engineer (fnu) Il'vutchenko.41 August 1949 - Chief
of Blast Furnace Department (fnu) Ponemarov (or Ponemarenko). 42
August 1949 - Engineers in Blast Furnace Department (fnu) Sassing
and (fnu) Kaballo. 43 August 1949 - Chief of all Mechanical De-
partments (fnu) Lewin. 44
The plant area is bordered by a 2-m concrete wall
on the northeast side and by a barbed wire fence on the other
sides of the plant. 45
- 138 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
G. Single Plants.
19. Debal'tsevo Steel Foundry
a., Location.
48? 21'N - 38? 261E. Debal'tsevo, Stalino Oblast,
Ukraine SSR. bebal'tsevo is on the Donets railroad line.
b. History and Development.
The foundry was in existence before World
c. Raw Materials and Other Inputs.
No information available.
d. Coal and Coke.
No information available.
e. Ironmaking Facilities.
None.
f. Steelmaking Facilities.
Before World War II, the Debal'tsevo Steel Foundry
had 1 small open-hearth furnace, with a hearth area of 6.3 square
meters, and 1 3-ton Heroult electric furnace. Both furnaces are
believed to be in operation at the present time. J
Estimated 1952 Open-Hearth Steel Production at Debal'tsevo*
Hearth Area Operating Production
Open Hearth (Sq M) Coefficient Darks (Thou,sand MT)
1 6.3 5.0 325 10,237
Estimated 1952 Electric Steel Production 3,000
Estimated Total 1952 Steel Production 13,237
* See Appendix C, Methodology, for use of coefficient in estimating
production.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
i
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Estimated-1953 Open-Hearth Steel Production at Debalttsevo*
Hearth Area Estimated Operating Production
Open-Hearth (Sq M) Coefficient Days (Thousand MT)
1 6.3 5.5 325 11,612
Estimated 1953 Electric Steel Production 3,000
Estimated 1953 Total Steel Production 14,612
g. Primary Rolling Facilities.
See Finishing Rolling Facilities, below.
h. Finishing Rolling Facilities.
One prisoner of war claimed that an old rolling
mill was damaged to such an extent during World War II that it was
being torn down in late 1948, and that a new rolling mill was
planned which would have in addition a wire drawing department. J
No further information is available.
i. Intraplant Services.
No information available.
j. Products and Production.
The Debalttsevo Steel Foundry produces open-
hearth and electric steel and steel castings.
* See Appendix C, Methodology, for use of coefficient in esti-
mating production.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Steel and Steel Casting Production at Debal'tsevo
Product 1934 1935 1939 1952 1953
Steel 8,800 J 9,400 J 10,800 J 13,300 J 14,600 J
(Open Hearth) (10,300) (11,600)
(Electric) ( 3,000) ( 3,000)
Steel
Castings* 4,800 J 5,100 J 5,900 J 7,300 J 8,030 J
k. Distribution.
The open-hearth and electric furnace steel are used
in the foundry. The distribution of steel castings is not known.
1. Plant Efficiency.
No information available.
m. Administration.
The plant is under the direction of the Ministry
of Ferrous Metallurgy. J
n. Personnel.
The foundry employed 5,000 workers in 1937.
o. Locational Characteristics.
No information available' 25X1 A2
20. Nikitovka Coke-Chemical Plant.
a. Loc at ion.
48? 22'N - 38? 03!E. Nikitovka, near Gorlovka,
Stalino Oblast, Ukraine SSE.
Based on US practice of yield of 55 percent of steel.
- 141 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
A
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
b. History and Development.
Nikitovka Coke-Chemical Plant was placed in
operation in 1916. Considerable damage Was sustained during World
War II, but by the end of 1947 restoration was completed and the
plant was operating at prewar production levels. J
town
c. Raw Materials and Other Inputs.
No information available.
d. Coal and Coke.
Coal. Coal comes from mines scattered about the
Coke. In 1935, equipment at the plant included
4 batteries with a total of 80 Coppee-type coke ovens, each of
which had a useful volume of 10.57 cu in. Yearly production capa-
city was 135,000 MT of metallurgical coke. ~I Reconstruction of
the batteries damaged during World War II began early in 1946, and
on 31 December 1946 it was announced that No. 2 coke battery was
completed and ready for firing. In October 1947 it was reported
that No. 4 battery was in operation. J
In January 1952, Nikitovka Coke-Chemical Plant
was estimated to have the following capacities:
Number and Type of Batteries
2 Coppee
Number of Coke Ovens
80
Annual Coke Capacity, Moist Basis (MT)
150,000
Refined Benzene Capacity (MT per Year)
1, 215
Refined Toluene Capacity (MY per Year)
285
Crude Tar Capacity (MT per Year)
5,633
Ammonium Sulfate Capacity (MT per Year)
1, 993
e. Ironmaking Facilities.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
f. Steelmaking Facilities.
None.
g. Primary Rolling Facilities.
None.
h. Finishing Rolling Facilities.
None.
i. Intraplant Services.
No information available.
j. Products and Production
Nikitovka produces metallurgical coke, benzene,
toluene, crude tar, and ammonium sulfate.
Production for 1952 and for 1953 is estimated at
150,000 MT. J
k. Distribution.
One source claimed that the entire production of
the plant was used at mercury refineries in the town. J
1. Plant Efficiency.
No information available.
m. Administration.
The plant probably operates under the administration
of the Ministry of the Chemical Industry.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
o. Locational Characteristics.
No information available.
21. Shcherbinovka Coke-Chemical Plant No. 11.
a. Location.
A2
W 25XI
ift
48? 22'N 37? 52'E. Shcherbinovka, Stalino Oblast,
b. History and Development.
The coke-chemical plant was reported to have been
in operation in 1889. 1/
c. Raw Materials and Other Inputs.
No information available.
d. Coal and Coke.
Coal. No information available.
Coke. Before World War II, Shcherbinovka Coke-
Chemical Plant consisted of 1 battery of 38 Koppers-type ovens,
each of which had a useful volume of 9.2 cu in. In 1936 it was an-
nounced that the plant had an annual capacity of 70,000 MT. There
is no recent information available on the plant other than the an-
nouncement that the plant director in 1948 had pledged to reduce
operating costs by 500,000 rubles for the year. J
e. Ironmaking Facilities.
None.
f. Steelmaking Facilities.
None.
g. Primary Rolling Facilities.
None.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
h. Finisning Rolling Facilities.
None.
i. Intraplant Services.
No information available.
j. Products and Production.
Based on prewar production capacity, it is esti-
mated that production in 1952 and 1953 was approximately
70,000 MT. 3/
25X1A2g
k. Distribution.
No information available.
1. Plant Efficiency.
No information available.
in. Administration.
No information available.
n. Personnel.
The plant director in 1948 was (fnu) Popov.
o. Locational Characteristics.
No information available.
22. Toretsk Machinery Factory imeni Voroshilov.
480 371N - 37? 331E. The Toretsk Machinery Factory
is located in Druzhkovo, Stalino Oblast, Ukraine SSR. The plant is
near the Druzhkovo railroad station on the Donets railroad line. J
- 145 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
b. History and Development.
The Toretsk Machinery Factory, which manufactures
all types of mining equipment, was established in 1897 by a French
firm. The plant was taken over by the USSR shortly after the
Russian Revolution. Considerable damage, estimated to range as
high as 50 percent, was suffered during World War II. By 19-7 con-
struction was completed and the plant was in full operation.
c. Raw Materials and Other Inputs.
All pig iron is shipped in from Kramatorsk and
Konstantinovka.
d. Coal and Coke.
Coal is received from the Donets Basin, and coke
is shipped in from nearby metallurgical coke plants.
e. Ironmaking Facilities.
None.
f. Steelmaking Facilities.
There are two small open-hearth furnaces which
are believed to be in the "old foundry." Open hearth No. 1 has a
hearth area of 6.3 sq m and an approximate capacity of 5 MT, and
open hearth No. 2 has a hearth area of 12.7 sq m and a capacity of
15 NT. In addition, there are 3 1.5-MT Bessemer furnaces. Three
more 1.5-MT Bessemers are located in the "new foundry." The steel
produced is used exclusively for the making of steel castings and
forgings. 5/
- 146 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Estimated 1952 Production of Open-Hearth Steel at Toretsk
Hearth Area Operating Production
Open Hearth (Scj M) Coefficient Days (MT)
1 6.3 325 9,197
1 12.7 4.5 325 18,557
Total Open-Hearth Steel Production 27,754
Estimated 1952 Bessemer Steel Production
Total
Capacity Capacity Heats per operating Production
Number Furnaces each (MT) (MT) Day Days (MT)
6 1.5 9 25 300 67,500
Total Estimated 1952 Steel Production 95,254
Estimated 1953 Production of Open-Hearth Steel at Toretsk*
Hearth Area Estimated
Operating
Production
Open Hearth (Sq M) Coefficient
Days
(MT)
1 6.3 4.7
325
9,600
1 12.7 4.7
325
19,300
Total Open-Hearth Steel Production
28,900
Estimated 1953 Bessemer Steel Production at Toretsk*
Total
Capacity Capacity Heat per Operating Production
Number Furnaces each (MT) (MT) Day Days (MT)
6 1.5 9 25 300 67,500
Total Estimated 1953 Steel Production 96,400 MT
* See Appendix C, Methodology, for use of coefficient in esti-
mating production.
- 147 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
g. Primary Rolling Facilities.
None. A source, however, reported "several"
rolling mills in operation before world War II, and 1 prisoner of
war claimed that there were at least 6 roll stands in operation in
September 19+9 which produced bars, sheet, profiles, and mine rails.
There is no confirmation of these reports. J
h. Finishing Rolling Facilities.
The plant has a large forge shop.
i. Intraplant Services.
No information available.
j. Products and Production.
Products. The plant produces both open-hearth and
Bessemer steel, which it uses in the production of steel castings
and forgings for coal mining equipment of all types. The plant is
one of the largest producers of mining equipment in the Ukraine.
Production. Little information is available on
the production of steel products at the factory except for the
claim that 6,000 MT of steel castings were produced each year before
World War II. J
Production in 1952 is estimated at 27,000 MT of
open-hearth steel and 67,000 MT of Bessemer steel. Based on a yield
of 55 percent, 1952 production of steel castings and forgings is
estimated at 52,000 MT if operations are conducted at full capacity.
Steel production for 1953 is estimated at 96,400 MT, and steel
castings and forgings at 53,000 MT.
All steel and steel products are used by the Toretsk
Machinery Factory in the manufacture of mining equipment.
1. Plant Efficiency.
In May 19+7 the plant was awarded a Third Class
Premium for its performance during the April Socialist Competitions
by the Ministry of Ferrous Metallurgy. J
- 148 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
m. .Administration,
It is possible that the steelmaking facilities of
the factory are under the direction of the ministry of Ferrous
Metallurgy (see Paragraph 1 above) but the factory as a whole is
under the administration of the Ministry of the Coal Industry. J
n. Personnel.
No information available.
o. Locational Characteristics.
The plant is surrounded by a wall approximately
2 m high, and passes are required for admission to the plant
area. 10
23. Yenaki evo Metallurgical Plant imeni Ordzhonikidze.
Petrovsk.; Rykov Metallurgical Plant; E.M.Z.
[Enakievsky Metallurgicheski Zavod ; Krasnaya
Zavod; E.M.Z. No. 3). 25X1A2g
a. Location.
48? 13'N - 38? 141E. Yenakiyevo, Stalino Oblast,
Ukraine SSR. The plant lies approximately 1 km southeast of the
Yenakiyevo railroad station and approximately 500 km south of the
main railroad line, Stalino-Khatsepetovka. The site is bounded
on the west, north, and east by residential areas, and on the south
by a large artificial lake. !/
b. History and Development.
The Yenakiyevo Metallurgical Plant was constructed
originally in 1898-99, and the 50th anniversary of the plant was
celebrated in late 1948. During the years 1928 to 1932 the entire
installation underwent reconstruction and modernization, and from
1933 to 1937 several new, fully-mechanized departments were added
to the plant.
Total capitalization was planned at 252 million
rubles, of which 67,670,000 rubles had been invested by 1 January
1936. In million rubles more were to be invested during 1936.
- 149 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
By the end of the year the plant was to have a rated capacity of
1,240,000 MT of pig iron, 700,000 MT of ingot steel, and 639,000 MT
of finished steel.
Considerable destruction of installations and
facilities took place when the Red Army withdrew from the Ukraine
in the early days of World War II. Under the German occupation
some rebuilding took place and some production was realized.
Further destruction took place with the withdrawal of the German
Army. Estimates of total war damage at Yenakiyevo vary between
20 and 40 percent. Soviet rebuilding of the steel mill began early
in 1945, and by September 1947.the main installations had resumed
operation. It is believed that the plant not only has been restored
completely but also that some additional facilities have been
added. J
c. Raw Materials and Other Inputs.
Prewar. Before World War II iron ore was shipped
into the plant by rail from Krivoy Rog. 3
Reconstruction Period. During the years 1943-45,
raw materials were received as follows: gasoline from Krasnodar
Naphtha Supply, machine oil from Makhachkala Naphtha Supply, fuel
oil from Groznyy Naphtha Supply, turbine oil and machine oil from
Baku Petrol Supply, vegetable oil from the Beloretakaya Oil Mill,
scrap metal from the Scrap Metal Collection Points at Groznyy,
Baku, and Tbilisi, and ferrosilicon from Zestafoni. V
At Present. Iron ore is received from Krivoy
Rog. The ore is shipped to a siding in the plant area by a single-
track railroad, standard gage, is unloaded into bunkers, and is
transferred to the blast furnaces by belt conveyers. One source
claimed the ore was hematite, with a metal content of 50 to 55 per-
cent. It was estimated that ore is received at the rate of 15 car-
loads (60 MT each) per day. J Manganese arrives at the rate of
1 or 2 60-ton cars each day from an unknown source. J Refractories
for the open-hearth furnaces come from outside the plant, and it was
estimated that a year's supply is kept on hand. J
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
d. Coal and Coke.
Coal. There is an adequate supply of good quality
coal both for heating and for the production of metallurgical coke
in the immediate vicinity of Yenakiyevo. Coal is received daily
from the Young Communist, Krasniy Oktyabr, Revolutsya, and Karl
Marx mines.
Coke. There are two coke-chemical plants located
in the immediate vicinity of the Yenakiyevo Steel Plant: Staro-
Yenakiyevo, which also bears the designation No. 6 Coke-Chemical
Plant, is under the direction of the Ministry of the Chemical In-
dustry; and.Novo-Yenakiyevo, No. 23 Coke-Chemical Plant, which is
under the direction of the Ministry of Heavy Industry. The two
plants are adjacent to each other, separated only by a brick wall.
Yenakiye.vo Metallurgical Plant, in the prewar years, received
60 percent of its coke requirements from Novo-Yenakiyevo.and the
balance from Staro-Yenakiyevo. There is evidence that some metal-
lurgical coke is also received from Stalino. 9/
Staro-Yenakiyevo before World War II was reported
to have had 260 Evans-Kopper coke ovens, which were built in
1910-13 and which had a volume of 2,340 cu in. Little is known
of the damage suffered by the plant during the war years or in the
period following cessation of hostilities. On 2 July 1948 it was
announced that workers at Staro-Yenakiyevo, under the direction of
(fnu) Liman, pledged to dress 30,000 MT more of run-of-the-mine
coal and to raise the yield in such dressing by 0.5 percent. The
workers also promised to raise the output of coke 92 percent and
to reduce the planned costs for 1948 by 600,000 rubles. 10
Novo-Yenakiyevo Coke-Chemical Plant before World
War II consisted of 4 batteries of 180 coke ovens with a volume of
3,564 cu m and an estimated capacity of 830,000 MT of coke per
year. The first battery went into operation on 8 October 1934,
and in 1935 the plant produced 675,000 MT of coke. It was announced
that the third coke battery, with a capacity of 900.MT per day, went
into production on 23 April 1947- It is evident that the old bat-
tery had been rebuilt and modernized, for it was stated that the
battery was fully mechanized and that the linings had been changed
from chamotte refractories to Dinas brick. It was also stated that
75 percent of the prewar capacity was restored with the'firing of
the'fourth coke battery during the first half of 1948. In July
S-E-C-R-E-T
N Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
1948, workers under the guidance of plant director (fnu) Titarenko
pledged to increase production 94.5 percent during the last half of
the year and to reduce production costs for the year by 2.4 million
rubles. 1'1
An authoritative source made the following estimate
in 1952 of the coke-chemical plants at Yenakiyevo.
Description
Novo-Yenakiyevo
Staro-Yenakiyevo
Number and Type of
Batteries
4 Becker
N.A. Kopper
Number of Ovens
180
160
Volume of Oven (Cu M)
19.8
N.A.
Width of Oven (MM)
406
N.A.
Normal Coking Time (Hours)
16
N.A.
Coal Charge per Oven, Dry
Basis (MT)
15.1
8.5
Total Daily Carbonization
Capacity (MT)
4,077
N.A.
Annual Carbonization
Capacity (MT)
1,467,720
N.A.
Annual Coke Capacity, Dry
Basis (MT)
1,115,239
N.A.
The following capacities apply both to the Novo-
and Staro-Yenakiyevo coke plants combined:
Annual Coke Capacity,
Moist Basis (MT) 1,300,000
Refined Benzene Capacity
(MT per Year) 10,530
Refined Toluene Capacity
(MT per Year) 2,470
Crude Tar Capacity (MT
per Year) 48,851
Ammonium Sulfate Capacity
(MT per Year) 17,277 12
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
e. Ironmaking Facilities.
Prewar. Before World War II Yenakiyevo Metal-
lurgical Plant had a total of six blast furnaces in operation
described as follows:
Number of Blast Furnace
Useful Volume
(Cu M)
1
444 to 456.5
2
383 to 404
3
791
4
457
5
756
6
204 L3/
Reconstruction Period. When the USSR recaptured
the Ukraine after the German occupation, all blast furnaces at
Yenakiyevo had suffered some damage. No. 4 was completely out of
use, for the Germans had allowed the last charge to solidify in
the furnace; no attempt was made by the Russians to clear it. In
1948-49 the furnace was dismantled. Reconstruction of the other
five blast furnaces began at once. In December 1943 the first
blast furnace was placed in operation. Blast furnace No. 1 was
placed in operation on 29 January 1944. Blast furnace No. 3 was
scheduled for completion during the second half of 1945 and was
probably fired on 18 October 1945. Blast furnace No. 6 went in-
to production in September 1945. In December 1946 it was announced
that one more blast furnace should have been placed in production
before the end of the year; however, work on the furnace had been
delayed, resulting in a lack of pig iron needed by the Bessemer
converters.
In August 1949, according to a prisoner of war who
had spent all his time in the blast furnace department of the plant,
the status of the furnaces was as follows: No. 1 was in process of
being dismantled and a larger, more modern furnace was to replace
it at a later date. No. 2 was in operation. It was approximately
20 m high and 5 m in diameter. No. 3.was in operation. Dimensions
were approximately the same as those of blast furnace No. 2. No. 4
was dismantled during 1948-49, and reconstruction was not planned.
No. 5 was a newly constructed furnace with automatic charging de-
vices. It was approximately 20 to 25 m high and was 6 to 7 m in
S-E-C-R-E-T
! Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
diameter. No. 6 furnace was in production. It was approximately
20 m high and 5 m in diameter. 14
Sintering Plant. A sintering plant for the
roasting of fine ores shipped into the plant from Krivoy Rog was
placed in operation in 1940. Its capacity was approximately
300,000 MT of iron ore per year. In late October 1949 the plant
was reported to be in operation. 15
Charging Practices. A German prison of war, who
had worked in the skip houses of the blast furnaces during his
services at Yenakiyevo, reported burdening practices as follows:
First Blast Furnace
MT
Enriched Iron Ore
3
Iron Ore
3
"Black Ore"
(probably manganese)
3
Limestone
2.4:
Scrap
1.5
Coke
4.5
This furnace was reported to have a capacity of
650 MT of pig iron per day.
Second Blast Furnace
MT
Enriched Iron Ore
9
Iron Ore
1
"Black Ore" (probably Manganese)
0.3
Limestone
2.2
Scrap
0.5
Coke
6
This furnace was reported to have a capacity of
500 to 550 MT of pig iron per day.
154
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Third Blast Furnace
MT
Enriched Iron Ore
9
Iron Ore
2.5
"Black Ore"
(probably Manganese)
0.3
Limestone
4
Scrap
1.5
Coke
8.5
This furnace was reported to have a capacity of
600 to 650 MT of pig iron per day.
Enriched Iron Ore
2.4
"Black Ore" (probably Manganese)
0.9
Limestone
2.4
Scrap
0.5
Crushed Cast Rejects
1.5
Coke
4.0
This furnace was reported to have a capacity of
400 to 450 MT of pig iron per day. 16
Improvements in Practices. The following items
from Soviet newspapers throw some light on the developments in
the blast furnace department at Yenakiyevo:
In July 1948 it was announced that the state plan
anticipated 1 MT of pig iron for each 1.08 cu in of useful capacity
for blast furnaces in 1947. 17 In January 1950 it was claimed
that blast furnaces at Yenakiyevo were averaging 1 MT of pig iron
for each 0.97 cu in of furnace capacity. 18 In April 1950, blast
furnace No. 1 achieved a coefficient of 0.83 as compared to the
Plan of 1.0. 191 In June 1950, blast furnace No. 1 reached an
average coefficient of 0.85 as compared to the norm of 0.97, and
blast furnace No. 4 reached 0.60 as compared to the norm of 0.83. 20/
In May 1951, blast furnace No. 1 reached a coefficient of 0.77 as
compared to the planned coefficient of 0.94.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
At Present. Five blast furnaces are in operation
at Yenakiyevo. Blast furnace No. 1, which was dismantled and re-
built, is estimated to have a volume of 750 cu m. A foundry for
casting molds for open hearths and Bessemers was in operation in
September 1949. 21
Estimated 1952 Production of Pig Iron at Yenakiyevo*
Volume
Operating
Blast Furnace Number Cu M)
Coefficient
Days
Production
1 750
0.94
340
271.6
2 404
0.94
340
146.1
3 791
Q.94
340
286.1
5 756
0.94
340
274.9
6 204
0.94
340
73.8
Total Pig Iron Production
1,052.5
Estimated 1953 Production of Pig Iron at Yenakiyevo*
Blast Furnace Number
Volume
Cu M)
Estimated
Coefficient
Operating
Days
Production
(Thousand MT)
1
750
0.90
340
283.3
2
404
0.90
340
152.6
3
791
0.90
340
298.8
5
756
0.90
340
285.6
6
204
0.90
340
77.0
Total Pig Iron Production 1,097.3
* See Appendix C, Methodology, for use of coefficient in esti-
mating production.
- 156
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
f. Steelmaking. Facilities.
Prewar. There were 5 open-hearth furnaces, all of
which were in production. in 1930, and 3 Bessemer converters in
operation at Yenakiyevo in the years.. before world War II.
Hearth Area
Open-Hearth Furnace Number (Sq M)
1
27.19
2
35.13
3
35.35
4
42.12
5
47.6
Two of the. Bessemer converters had a capacity of
10 MT each, and the third, which was used for duplexing, had a
capacity,of 11 MT. 22
Reconstruction Period. It was announced that
open hearth No. 3 was tapped for the first. time early in April
1946. Capacity had been increased from 70 to 130 MT, and the fur-
nace was completely mechanized and automatically controlled. The
first heat, which took 8 hours to process, consisted of 70 MT of
rail steel. Prisoner of war observations on the number of open-
hearth furnaces and Bessemer converters in operation in September
1949 -- the date of departure for most of the Germans -- varied.
It is believed that 3 open hearths were in production and another
was under reconstruction, and that the 3 Bessemers were in opera-
tion. Another open hearth was planned, but construction had not
yet begun.. 23
Improvements in Practices. In July 1948 it was
announced that a steel coefficient of 11 MT was to be achieved
in the second half of. 1948, as compared to 'a fixed standard of
3.5 MT. 24/ In late November 1948 the steel coefficient was an-
nounced as 4.46 MT for the month of October. L5/
Charging Practices. One source claimed that in
1947 the charge for open-hearth 'furnaces consisted of the following
ratio:
- 157 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Pig Iron
13.0 MT
Scrap
798.3 NIT
Limestone
14.9 to 15.8 Kg
Ferrosilicon
99.7 Kg
Metallurgical Coke
204.1 Kg 26
At Present. Five open-hearth furnaces and 3 Besse-
mer converts, at least 1 of which is used for duplexing, are in
operation at Yenakiyevo.
Estimated 1952 Open-Hearth Steel Production at Yenakiyevo*
Hearth Area Operating Production
Open-Hearth Number (Sq M) Coefficient Days (Thousand MT)
1
27.19
4.5
325
39.7
2
35.13
4.5
325
51.4
3
48.4
4.5
325
70.8
4
42.12
4.5
325
61.6
5
47.6
4.5
325
69.6
Total Open-Hearth Steel Production 293.1
Estimated 1953 Open-Hearth Steel Production at Yenakiyevo*
Hearth Area Estimated Operating Production
Open.Hearth Number (Sq M) Coefficient Days (Thousand MT)
1
27.19
4.7
325
41.5
2
35.13
4.7
325
53.6
3
48.4
4.7
325
73.9
4
42.12
4.7
325
64.4
5
47.6
4.7
325
72.7
Total Open-Hearth Steel Production 306.1
* See Appendix C, Methodology, for use of coefficient in esti-
mating production.
- 158
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Estimated 1952 and 1953 Bessemer Steel Production
at Yenakiyevo
Number of Capacity Number of
Operating:
Production
Furnaces (MT) Heats per Day
Days
(Thousand MT)
1 10
1 10 25
300
75.0
1 11 25
300
82.5
Total Bessemer Steel Production
157.5
An authoritative source, however, estimated that
in 1950 there were in production at the plant 5 open-hearth fur-
naces which had a total hearth area of 214 sq m, and 3 Bessemers,
each with a capacity of 24 MT. Output was estimated at 320,000 MT
of open-hearth steel and 670,000 MT of Bessemer steel, or a total
of 990,000 MT of steel in 1950. .27 These estimates are considered
too high.
. Primary Rolling Facilities.
Prewar. Before World War II, Yenakiyevo had one
1,100 -mm blooming mill. 28 28/
Reconstruction Period. No information is available.
At Present. From what is known of the finishing
mills in operation at Yenakiyevo, it must be assumed that the
1,100-mm blooming mill is in operation.
h. Finishing Rolling Facilities.
Prewar. The following finishing facilities were in
operation at Yenakiyevo before World War II:
One 3-stand, 3-high, 500-mm heavy bar mill.
* Used for duplexing - no production considered.
- 159 -
S-E-C-R-E- T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
One 3-high medium bar mill, which consisted of
1 540-mm roughing stand, 1 550-mm roughing stand, and 4 360-mm
finishing stands. The mill went into operation in 1904.
One 3-high, small bar mill, which consisted of
2 400-mm intermediate stands and -7 280-mm finishing stands.
One 3-stand, 800-mm structural mill.
One 3-high universal light plate mill, which con-
sisted of 1 780-mm horizontal stand and 1 650-mm vertical stand.
One 3-high 700/500/700 light plate mill.
One 2-high, 2-stand, 675-mm sheet mill.
The amount of war damage sustained by the finishing
mills is not known. 29
Reconstruction Period. In July 1945 it was an-
nounced that two sheet mills, for the rolling of fine and medium
sheet, would be completed before the end of the year. 30.
By September 1949 the following finishing
facilities were in operation:
One 800- or 850-mm structural mill which produced
rails, channels, and T and I beams. Equipment included 4 reheating
furnaces, 2 circular saws, 2 drills, and 1 grinding machine.
One light rail and structural mill which produced
streetcar rails, mine rails, angles, Z's, T's, channels, and light
I beams. Equipment included a reheating furnace, 1 circular saw,
1 gantry crane, 2 drills, and 2 grinding machines.
One medium plate mill which was placed in operation
in early 1946 and which had a new conveyer system added to it in
1949.
in 1946.
One thin sheet mill which was placed in operation
One wire mill, the equipment of which included
2 annealing ovens, 2 gantry cranes, and 2 wire-cutting machines.
- 16o -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
One universal light plate mill was reported by one
source to be under construction but not yet in operation in September
1949.
One tin plate mill wasreported to be in operation
in late 1949, but the existence of this mill has not been
verified. 31
At Present. The following finishing mills are be-
lieved to be in operation at the present time:
One 800- or 850-mm rail and structural mill.
light rails.
One rail and structural mill for the rolling of
One medium plate mill.
- One thin sheet mill.
One wire mill.
A universal light plate mill and a heavy plate mill
for the rolling of armor plate may be in operation.
i. Intraplant Services.
Electric Power. Electric power is received by over-
head high-tension line from the Dnepropetrovsk Hydroelectric Power
Plant. A transformer station, approximately 500 m northwest of the
blast furnaces, steps the voltage down to 380 and 220 v. Power is
transmitted within the plant area by underground cables. One source
claimed there were frequent interruptions in electric power during
1949. 32/
Water Supply. A pumping station which is located
on the shores of the artificial lake south of the plant area
supplies all water for the mill. L3/
Communications. The plant area is well serviced by
branch lines of the main railroad; Stalino-Chazepetrovka. There are
3 sidings into the plant: 1 on the extreme north which serves the
raw material storage area; another on the eastern side, just north
- 161 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093AO00600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
of the coke batteries, which serves the coal storage bunkers; and
a third which is on the southern edge of the plant site near the
rolling mills. Good roads lead into Ordzhonikidze. 34
Other Installations. In addition to the above,
the following installations were in operation: a machine shop, a
compressor station, a slag plant, and a refractory plant. 35
j. Products and Production.
Products. The following are produced at
Yenakiyevo: metallurgical coke and byproducts, pig iron, open-
hearth steel, Bessemer steel, rails, bars and rods, heavy and light
plate, structural shapes, sheet, and wire. 36
Production. Production has been reported or esti-
mated as follows:
1947
1929
1934
1935
1936
1941. (Capacity)
1950
1952
1953
Metallurgical
1,300.0
1,300.0
43
43
Pig Iron
377.0
725.4
725.6
901.2
160.0 41
1,052.0
1,087.3
37
38
38
39
_
44
L 4J.
Open-Hearth
Steel
544.0
544.3
644.4
120.0 41
320.0
293.0
306.1
38
38
39
42
44
44
Bessemer
200.0
260.0 41
670.0
157.5
157.5
Steel
40/
42/
44/
44/
Finished
491.3
491.3
580.8
297.0 41
378.0
383.0
Steel
38
38
39
L4/
L4/
- 162 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093AO00600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
k. Distribution.
In 1943 and 1944, iron and steel products were being
shipped to the following: (1) pig iron to the Dzaudzhikau Iron In-
dustry, to Plant No. 221 for Armaments at Stalingrad, to the Krasnyy
Sulin Steel Works, to the Military Reconstruction Administration at
Rostov, to the Kharkov Depot of the Main Administration for Metals,
to Zangezur Copper Combine, and to the Andreyev Plant in Taganrog;
(2) sheet steel to Andreyev Tube Works in Taganrog; (3) rails to
Kolomna Plant of the Heavy Machinery Industry; (4) channels to the
Minsk Metal Depot and to Glavvoyenpromstroi; and (5) metallurgical
coke to the Dzaudzhikau Chamotte Works. 45 In 1947 armor plate,
according to one source, was shipped to the Dynamo Works, 2 km west
of Moscow, for use in the construction of T-34 and Stalin tanks. L6/
In September 1949, rails were shipped to the Black Sea area, Lenin-
grad and Kaluga. L7/ In September 19.50, Yenakiyevo produced 250 MT
of rails for the Stalingrad Hydroelectric Power Station. 48 In
November 1950, ten carloads of iron and steel products were shipped
daily to the Volga-Don project. 49 In January 1951 the plant was
working on an order for the Volga-Don project. 50 In January 1951
work was begun on the production of rails for use in the Kakhovka
GES. 51
1. Plant Efficiency.
Production in the early part of 1947, it was an-
nounced, was far below planned output. 52 In May 1950 it was an-
nounced that the plant had received complaints of defective products.
The Lvov Subsection of the Moscow-Kiev Railroad System charged that
rails broke and that they were rolled from brittle metal. The Chief
Engineer at Yenakiyevo refused to admit any claim against his plant,
and the claim for 3,852 rubles for the faulty rails was not paid. 53
In March 1951, Nikolay Goncharenko and six other engineers and
technicians at Yenakiyevo were awarded the Stalin Prize, 1st Class,
for devising and applying a new technique for the production of steel
rails. 54
In 1941 the Yenakiyevo plant was under the direction
of the Peoples' Commissariat for Ferrous Metallurgy (NKChM). At the
present time the steel plant and Novo-Yenakiyevo Coke-Chemical Plant
are under the direction of the Ministry of Ferrous Metallurgy, and
- 163 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Metallurgical Coke Plant No. 6, Staro-Yenakiyevo, is under the ad-
ministration of the Ministry of the Chemical Industry. 55
Number of Workers. Peak employment in the years
before the war was 17,000 workers. It is believed that at the pre-
sent time approximately 20,000 workers are employed at the plant, of
which approximately 2,000 workers are political prisoners. It had
been estimated that 40 percent of the present force are women. The
plant operates on 3 shifts per day, 7 days per week. 56
Administrative Personnel. The Director of the
Yenakiyevo Metallurgical Plant is Nikolay Ivanovich Goncharenko, who
was first mentioned in this capacity in July 1948. He apparently re-
placed (fnu) Gubkin, who was reported as director in June 1946. 57
Manager of the Novo-Yenakiyevo Metallurgical Coke
Plant No. 23 in December 1949 was (fnu) Titarenko. 58
Manager of the Staro-Yenakiyevo Metallurgical Coke
Plant No. 6 in July 1948 was (fnu) Liman..59
Foreman of Blast Furnace No. 4 in May 1950 was re-
ported to be Vardysh Koberidze. 60
One source reported that in September 1949 there were
20 to 30 French and Swiss engineers employed in the plant on a 5-year
contract, which was to expire in 1951. There is no confirmation of
this report. 61
o. Locational Characteristics.
The plant is surrounded by a fence approximately
2 m high. Special passes are required for admittance to the
works. 62
- 164 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
II. Voroshilovgrad Oblast.
Voroshilovgrad Oblast contains a number of small plants. Its
principal contribution to the economy of the Ukraine is its out-
put of metallurgical coke.
Estimated 1953 Production of Voroshilovgrad Oblast
Metallurgical
Coke
Pig Iron
Steel
Finished
Steel
Total Production
(Thousand Metric Tons)
National Share
2,800.0
1,242.1
153.3
203.4
(Percent)
Regional Share
8.0
4.5
insign.
0.6
(Percent)
15.6
8.3
1.3
2.6
Summary Tables - Voroshilovgrad Oblast
24.
Production and Capacity
Almaznaya Iron Works
1953
Metallurgical Coke Production
Pig Iron Production
2 BF's
Steel Production
Rolling Mill Capacity
Finished Steel Production
Power Plant Capacity
- 165 -
279.5
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Production and Capacity
Bryanskiy Coke-Chemical Plant No. 14
1953
Metallurgical Coke Production
3 Batteries - 150 Ovens
300.0
Pig Iron Production
0
Steel Production
0
Rolling Mill Capacity
Finished Steel Production
Power Plant Capacity
26.
Production and Capacity
Irmino Coke-Chemical Plant
1953
Thousand Metric Tons
Metallurgical Coke Production
2 Batteries - 84 Ovens
Pig Iron Production
Steel Production
Rolling Mill Capacity
Finished Steel Production
Power Plant Capacity
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
27.
Production and Capacity
Kadiyevka Coke-Chemical Plant
1953
Thousand Metric Tons
Metallurgical Coke Production
. 1 Batteries - 160 Ovens
1~ 000.0
Pig Iron Production
0
Steel Production
0
Rolling Mill Capacity
Finished Steel Production
Power Plant Capacity
Production and Capaci
ty
October Revolution Locomoti
ve Plant
1953
Metallurgical Coke Production
Pig Iron
Steel Production
4 OH's and 3 Electrics
115.8
Rolling Mill Capacity
500-mm Blooming Mill N.A.
300-mm Bar Mill N.A.
.Medium Plate and Sheet Mill N.A.
Thin Sheet Mill N.A.
2 Cold Rolling Mills N.A.
Structural Mill N.A.
-,167 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C R-E-T
Production and Capacity
October Revolution Locomotive Plant
1953
(Continued)
Power Plant Capacity
Production and Capacity
Olkhovsk Coke-Chemical Plant No. 12
1953
83.4
Metallurgical Coke production
4 Batteries - 150 Ovens
500.0
Pig Iron
0
Steel Production
0
Rolling Mill Capacity
Finished Steel Production
Power Plant Capacity
Production and Capacity
Parkhomenko Heavy Machinery Building Plant
1953
Metallurgical Coke Production
Pig Iron Production
Steel Production
1 Converter
- 168 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
37.5
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
1953
(Continued)
Production and Capacity
Parkhomenko Heavy Machinery Building Plant
Rolling Mill Capacity
Finished Steel Production
Power Plant Capacity
31.
Production and Capacity
Voroshilovgrad Pipe Rolling Mill
imeni Yakubovski
1953
Thousand Metric Tons
Metallurgical Coke Production
Pig Iron Production
Steel Production
0
Rolling Mill Capacity
N.A.
Finished Steel Production
100.0
Power Plant Capacity
N.A.
32.
Production and Capacity
Voroshilovsk Metallurgical Plant
imeni Voroshilov
1953
Thousand Metric Tons
Metallurgical Coke Production
4 Batteries - 168 Ovens
Pig Iron Production
4 BF's
169 -
0
20.0
N.A.
1,0.00.0
962.6
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Production and Capacity
Voroshilovsk Metallurgical Plant
imeni Voroshilov
1953
(Continued)
Thousand Metric Tons
- 170 -
Steel Production
Rolling Mill Capacity
Finished Steel Production
Power Plant Capacity
S-E-C-R-E-T .
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-.C-R-E-T
Plant Studies - Voroshilovgrad Oblast
24. Almazna a Iron Works. Kadi vski Steel Plant).
25X1A2g
a. Location.
48? 31'N - 38? 341E, Almaznaya, Voroshilovgrad
Oblast, Ukraine SSR. It lies on the Donets. railroad. line, southwest
of Kadiyevka. i/
b.
History and Development.
c.
The plant was in operation in 1934.
Raw Materials and Other Inputs.
mines. J
d.
Iron ore is received from the Krivoy Rog iron
Coal and Coke.
Coal is shipped into the plant from the Donets Basin,
and coke comes from the nearby Kadiyevka Coke-Chemical Plant. J
e. Ironmaking Facilities.
Two blast furnaces were constructed at Almaznaya Iron
Works in the early 1930's. Number 2 had a working volume of
359 cu m, and blast furnace No. 3 had a working volume of 411.5 cu in.
Some changes were made, and furnace dimensions in 1941 were as
follows:
Diameter (MM)
Blast Furnace No.
Working Volume
(Cu M) Hearth Bosh
Stockline Large Bell
2
393
4,750
5,600
4,250
3,100
3
454
4, 500
6, 000
4, 300
2,800
Improvements in Practices. In July 1948 it was an-
nounced that blast furnace workers had pledged a blast furnace co-
efficient of 1.03, instead of the planned coefficient of 1.14, for
-171-
S-E-.C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
the last half of the year. 5/ In April 1951 it was announced that
during the past 2 years the blast furnace coefficient had been
improved to 0.76 instead of the norm 1.44 (sic). J In October
1951 it was stated that a belt conveyer was installed in 1946-50
for supplying coke to the bins of the blast furnaces. It freed six
workers for other duties. 7/
At Present. Two blast furnaces are in operation at
:L952 Pig Iron Production at A1maznaya*
Volume
Operating
Production
Blast Furnace Number (Cu M)
Coefficient
Days
(Thousand MT)
2 393
1.14
340
117.2
3 454
1.14
340
135.4
Total Pig Iron Production
252.6
1953 Pig Iron Production at Almaznaya*
Blast Furnace Number
Volume
Cu M)
Estimated
Coefficient
Operating
Days
Production
(Thousand MT)
2 393
1.03
340
129.7
3 454
1.03
34o
149.8
Total Pig Iron Production
279.5
There is no information on cupola furnaces which no
doubt are in operation at the iron works.
* See Appendix C, Methodology, for use of coefficient in esti-
mating production.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
f. Steelmaking Facilities.
None .
g. Primary Rolling Facilities.
None.
h. Finishing. Rolling Facilities.
None.
i. Intraplant Services.
Electric paver comes from the Kadiyevka Thermal
Power Plant, and water is pumped into the plant area from the nearby
branch of the Lugan' River. J
J. Products and Production.
Products. the products of Almaznaya Iron Works in-
clude pig iron, iron castings, and parts for motor vehicles and
tractors. 91
Pig Iron Production at Almaznaya
1934) 1935, 1952, 1953
Year
Thousand Metric Tons
1934
110.0
1935
125.0
1952
252.6
1953
279.5
k. Distribution.
It is believed that the larger proportion of pig iron
production is used for iron castings by the plant and that some pig
- 173 -
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
iron is shipped to steel plants in the Ukraine. There is no informa-
tion on the. distribution of iron castings.
1. Plant Efficiency.
No information available.
m. Administration.
The plant is under the administration of the Ministry
of Ferrous Metallurgy. LO/
n. Personnel.
In the prewar years it was reported that 15,000
employees were working at Almaznaya, but it has been estimated that
at present there are 1,500 employees working 3 shifts per day,
7 days a week. ll
Administrative Personnel. In mid-19+8 the Director
of Almaznaya Iron Works was (fnu) Babenko /, arty, in April 1951 the
Chief Engineer was (fnu) Nesterenko.
o. Locational Characteristics.
No information available.
25. Bryanskiy Coke-Chemical Plant No. JA.
1.8? 31'N - 38? 40'E. Kadiyevka, Voroshilovgrad
Oblast, Ukraine SSR. The plant lies southeast of Kadiyevka. J
b. History and Development.
The Bryanskiy Coke-Chemical Plant was in operation
before World War II. J
c. Raw Materials and Other Inputs.
-174+-
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
d. Coal and Coke..
mines. 3/
Coal. Coal is shipped to the coke plant from nearby
Coke. Coking facilities before World War II con-
sisted of 2 batteries of 25 coke ovens each, and a quenching tower.
Some damage took place durhg the war, and reconstruction of in-
stallations began shortly after the Soviet recapture of the area.
In July 19+7 it was announced that a large new coke battery had been
completed as a replacement for battery No. 2, which was destroyed
during the war. In January 1952 it was estimated that there were in
operation three batteries which had the following capacities:
Number of Batteries 3
Number of Coke Ovens 150
Annual Coke Capacity, Dry Basis (MT) 291,000
Annual Coke Capacity, Moist Basis (MT) 300,000
Refined Benzene Capacity SMT per Year) . 2,430
Refined Toluene Capacity per Year) 570
Crude Tar Capacity (MT per Year) 11,265
Ammonium Sulfate Capacity (MT per Year) 3,987 J
e. Ironmaking Facilities..
None.
f. Steelmaking Facilities..
None.
g. Primary Rolling Facilities.
None.
h. Finishing Rolling Facilities.
None.
i. Intraplant Services.
No information available.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
J. Products and. Production.
Bryanskiy Coke-Chemical Plant produces metallurgical
coke, benzene, toluene, crude tar, and ammonium sulfate.
Production of metallurgical coke in 1952 is estimated
at 300,000 MT. J No increase is estimated for 1953.
k. Distribution.
No information available.
1. Plant Efficiency.
No information available.
in. Administration.
It is believed that the plant operates under the
administration. of the Ministry of the Chemical Industry. J
n. Personnel.
No information available.
o. Incational Characteristics.
No information air. -T
26. Irmino Coke-Chemical Plant.
a. Location.
48? 36'N - 38? 36'E. Irmino, Voroshilovgrad Oblast,
b. History and Development.
The Irmino Coke-Chemical Plant was in operation in
1936. There is no information since 1936 on the status of the
plant. It is not believed that Irmino is in operation at the present
time. J
-176-
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
c. Raw Materials and Other Inputs.
No information available.
d. Coal and Coke.
Coal. No information available.
Coke. In January 1936 the plant consisted of 2 coke
batteries with a total of 84 Pirron-type ovens, each with a useful
volume of 10.1 cu in, with a capacity to produce 100,000 MT of metal-
lurgical coke annually. _1
e. Ironmaking Facilities.
None.
f. Steelmaking Facilities.
None.
g. Primary Rolling Facilities.
None.
h. Finishing Rolling Facilities.
None.
i. Intraplant Services.
No information available.
J. Products and Production.
No information available.
k. Distribution.
No information available.
- 177 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
1. Plant Efficiency.
No information available.
m. Administration.
No information available.
n. Personnel.
No information available.
27. Kadiyevka Coke-Chemical Plant (Sergo Coke-Chemical
Plant, Il' ich Coke-Chemical Plant). 25X1A2g
a. Location.
48? 331N - 38? WE. Kadiyevka (formerly called
Sergo), Voroshilovgrad Oblast, Ukraine SSR. /
b. History and Development.
The Kadiyevka Coke-Chemical Plant, consisting of
four coke batteries and a complete chemical byproducts plant , was
placed in operation in 1928. During the war years it was almost
completely demolished. Two coke batteries were rebuilt in 1946,
and by the end of 1949 the plant was once again in full opera-
tion. J
c. Raw Materials and Other Inputs.
No information available.
d. Coal and Coke.
Coal. No information available.
Coke. In July 1947 it was announced that a large
new coke battery had been completed to replace No. 2 battery, which
was destroyed during the war. By mid-1949 all four batteries were
back in production. The following description of the facilities of
Kadiyevka was prepared in 1952:
- 178
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Number of Batteries
Number of Coke Ovens
Normal Coking Time (Hours)
Coal Charge per Oven, Dry Basis (MT)
Total Daily Carbonization Capacity (MT)
Annual Carbonization Capacity (MT)
Annual Coke Capacity, Dry Basis (MT)
Annual Coke Capacity, Moist Basis (MT)
Refined Benzene Capacity (MT per Year)
Refined Toluene Capacity (MT per Year)
Crude Tar Capacity (MT per Year)
Ammonium Sulfate Capacity (MT per Year)
.4
16o
i6.o
15.0
3,600
1, 296, 000
984, 96o
1,000,000
8,100
1"900
37,550
13,290 J
e. Ironmaking Facilities.
None.
f. Steelmaking Facilities.
None.
g. Primary Rolling Facilities.
None.
h. Finishing Rolling Facilities.
None.
i. Intraplant Services.
No information available.
J. Products and Production.
The Kadiyevka Coke-Chemical Plant produces metal-
lurgical coke, benzene, toluene, crude tar, and ammonium sulfate.
- 179 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
14
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Estimated Metallurgical Coke Production at Kadiyevka
Year
Thousand MT
1928 V
400.0
1932 F1
500.0
1940
1,200.0
1943
0
1947 1
500.0
1952
1,000.0
1952 J
1, 000.0
k. Distribution.
No information available.
1. Plant Efficiency.
It was announced in July 1948 that workers had
pledged for the last half of 1948 to dress 40,000 MT more of run-of-
the-mine coal than called for by the Plan, to raise the output of
charges in dressing such coal by 1.5 percent, and to increase the
output of metallurgical coke to 94 percent of the prewar production
The coke yield in 1952 was approximately 77 percent.
In 1934 it was claimed that the plant belonged to the
Coke-Chemical Industrial Trust "Coke," which was a part of the
amalgamation "Steel," which operated under the Chief Directorate of
the Metallurgical Industry (GUMP). J
It is believed that at present the plant is under the
administration of the Ministry of the Chemical Industry.
In July 1948 the Director of the Kadiyevka Coke-
Chemical Plant was (fnu) Kondrakov. J
o. Locational Characteristics.
No information available.
-180-
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-.C-R-E-T
28. October Revolution Locomotive Plant (Oktyabr
Revol tsi ; Voroshilovgrad Locomotive Plant; Lugansk
Locomotive Plant). 25X1A2g
480 351N - 390 20'E. Voroshilovgrad, Voroshilovgrad
Oblast, Ukraine SSR. The plant is located on an island in the Lugan"
River, approximately 2 km northeast of the city. J
b. History and Development.
The October Revolution Locomotive Plant, which pro-
duces approximately 40 percent of the yearly output of Soviet loco-
motives, was constructed originally in 1893 as a branch of the
Schwarzkopf Locomotive Works, Berlin, Germany. For a great number
of years it was under the management of a German engineer (fnu)
Hartmann. In 1903-13 the original plant was expanded and enlarged.
After World War I it was taken over by the Soviet Government. With
the German advance into the Ukraine in 1942, most of the equipment
was removed to the Urals by the USSR, and many of the newer buildings
were destroyed. The. Germans used the facilities which remained for
the repair of armored vehicles. Further destruction took place with
the retreat of the German Army. All damage was repaired by 1949, and
the plant was said to have been re-equipped with machinery and in-
stallations from the Schikau Works, Ebling, Germany. J
c. Raw Materials and Other Inputs.
It was claimed that iron ore is shipped into the
plant from the Urals. J Pig iron is shipped into the plant by rail
from blast furnaces at Zaporozh'ye and from Voroshilovgrad. J Steel
ingots to supplement the production of the locomotive works are re-
ceived by rail from unknown sources. One report stated that 1948
ingot shipments amounted to 3 60-ton cars per day. J
d. Coal and Coke.
Coal is shipped in by-rail from the Donets Basin.
One source reported that it was 'received at the rate of 500 MT per
day, of which 300 MT were used in the power plant and 200 MT were
consumed by plant production. J One source claimed that coke was
- 181 -
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
shipped into the plant from a coke plant approximately 10 km south-
west of the city. /
e. Ironmaking Facilities.
None.
f. Steelmaking Facilities.
Prewar. Reports vary on the number of open-hearth
furnaces and electric furnaces in the steel foundry of the October
Revolution Locomotive Works. Most German sources report 4 open-
hearth furnaces, each with a hearth area of 15.5 scq m, and 2 or
3 5-ton electric furnaces. A Soviet source claimed that in 1935
there were 9 open hearths in the plant, which had a total hearth
area of 150.59 sq in. This source claimed open hearths Nos. 6 and
7 were built in 1930, open hearth No. 8 was placed in operation in
January 1931, and No. 9 was commissioned in August 1932. Each fur-
nace had a hearth area of 15.5 sq m. J There is no confirmation of
this report.
It is believed that 4 open-hearth furnaces, each
with a hearth area of 15.5 sq m, and 2 5-ton electric furnaces were
in production at the beginning of World War II.
At Present. There is no firm information available
on the number of open-hearth furnaces in operation at the plant.
Four open-hearth furnaces with a capacity of approximately 20 MT are
probably in production. Steel production is supplemented by ship-
ments of ingots from other steel plants in the Ukraine. J One
source claimed that in December 1948 the steel foundry was operating
four electric furnaces. 10 It is estimated that there are 3 5-ton
electric furnaces in production at the plant.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Estimated 1952 Open-Hearth Steel Production
at October Revolution Locomotive Plant,
Hearth Area
Operating
Production
Open..Hearths (Sq M) Coefficient
Days
(Thousand MT)
1 15.5
4.8
325
2418
2 15.5
4.8
325
24.18
3 15.5
4.8
325
24.18
4 15.5
4.8
325
24.18
Open-Hearth Steel Production
96.72
Estimated 1952 Electric Furnace Steel Production
15.0
Estimated Total 1952 Steel Production
111.72
Estimated 1953 Open-Hearth Steel Production
at October Revolution. Locomotive Plant
Hearth Area
Estimated
Operating
Production
Open Hearths (Sq M)
Coefficient
Days
(Thousand MT)
1
15.5
5.0
.;325
25.2
2
15.5
5.0
325
25.2
3
15.5
5?S
325
25.2
4
15.5
5.0
325
25.2
Total Open-Hearth Steel.Production
loo.8
Estimated 1953 Electric Furnace Steel Production
15.0
Estimated Total 1953 Steel Production
115.8
g. Primary Rolling Facilities.
Prewar. Before World War II, the locomotive works
had a blooming and billet mill consisting of 5 3-high, 500-mm
stands. 11
-183-
S-E-C-R-E-T...
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
At Present. The blooming mill was back in operation
by the end of December 1948. I?
h. Finishing Rolling Facilities.
Prewar. The following finishing mills were in opera-
tion in the prewar years:
One medium bar mill, consisted of 5 3-high 300-mm
One heavy plate mill, 3-high, 1000/800/100 mm.
One heavy plate mill, 3-high, 820/550/820 mm.
One light plate mill, 2-high, 720 mm.
One welded pipe mill.
One seamless pipe mill.
One wheel disk and axle-shaft mill, 3-high. 13
At Present. The following finishing rolling mills
were reported to be in operation by various prisoners of war, the
reports of which varied considerably:
One medium bar mill, which consisted of 5 3-high
One medium plate and sheet mill.
One -- or two -- thin sheet mills.
Two cold-rolling mills.
One structural mill. 14
One source who had worked in the mill for several
months claimed that the welded pipe mill was in operation in December
1946. 15
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
i. Intraplant Services.
No information available.
j. Products and Production.
Products. Steel ingots, special steels, castings and
forgings, bars, plate, sheet, structurals, and welded pipe are pro-
duced at the locomotive works.
Production.
Production at October Revolution Locomotive Plant L6/
Thousand Metric Tons
1934
1936
1952
1953
Steel
216.0
111.7
115.8
Rolled Products
141.6
80.4
83.4
Welded Pipe
7.6
Not all rolled products produced in the plant are
used by the locomotive works. In 1951 there seemed to be a surplus
for shipment to other plants and projects in the USSR. In June 1951
it was announced over the radio that the second trainload of parts
and 2,700 MT of rolled sheet had been shipped out of the plant. JJ
Also in June 1951 a published report stated that structural steel
had been shipped to the Stalingrad Hydroelectric Power Construction
Project. 18 In August 1951, over 2,000 MT of sheet steel were sent
to construction sites of the Volga-Don Canal Project and to the
Stalingrad Electric Power Station. 19
1. Plant Efficiency.
- 185 -
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
m. Administration.
The plant is under the direction of the Ministry of
Transport Machinery Building. LO/
In February 1949 the chief of the rolling mills was
reported to be Ivan Ivanovich. 21
o. Locational Characteristics.
No information available. 25X1 A2
29. Olkhovsk Coke-Chemical Plant No. 12.
a. Location.
48? 23'N - 390 12'E. Uspenka, Voroshilovgrad Oblast,
Ukraine SSR. Uspenka is approximately 20 km south of Voroshilovgrad.
b. History and Development.
The Olkhovsk Coke-Chemical Plant was in operation
before World War II; one source reported that it was in operation in
1915. J
c. Raw Materials and Other Inputs.
No information available.
d. Coal and Coke.
Coal. Coal probably is received from mines nearby. J
Coke. In January 1936 it was announced that the plant
consisted of the following:
Four coke batteries with a total of 110 ovens of the
P'yett (Piette) type, each of which had a. capacity of.10.2 cu in.
Three coke batteries with a total of 78 ovens of the
Coppee type, each of which had a capacity of 9.76 cu in. These
- 186 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
batteries were not adapted to byproducts recovery.
One coke battery of 30 ovens of the Kollen type,
each of which had a capacity of 8.30 cu m. This battery was not
adapted to byproducts recovery.
.The plant was damaged during World War II. In
March 1946 it was announced that No. 4 coke battery was in operation
and that its production had reached prewar output. In October 1946
it was claimed that the third coke battery was repaired and in opera-
tion. In early 1947 it was announced that the reconstruction of the
benzol and ammonia shops was under way, and that by the end of the
second quarter of 1947 the shops would be in operation. V
In early 1952 the following estimate was made of the
capacities of the Olkhovsk Coke-Chemical Plant:
Number and Type of Batteries
Number of Coke Ovens
Coal Charge per Oven, Dry Basis (MT)
Annual Coke Capacity, Dry Basis (MT)
Annual Coke Capacity, Moist Basis (MT)
Refined Benzene Capacity (MT per Year)
Refined Toluene Capacity (MT per Year)
Crude Tar Capacity (MT per Year)
Ammonium Sulfate Capacity (MT per Year)
e. Ironmaking Facilities.
None.
f. Steelmaking Facilities.
None.
g. Primary Rolling Facilities.
None.
h. Finishing Rolling Facilities.
None.
187 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
4 Coppee
150
15
485,000
500,000
4,050
950
18,775
6,645 5/
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
i. Intraplant Services.
No information available.
J. Products and Production.
The coke-chemical plant produces metallurgical coke,
refined benzene, refined toluene, crude tar, and ammonium sulfate.
Metallurgical coke production in 1952 is estimated
at 500,000 MT. J No increase in production is estimated for 1953.
k. Distribution.
No information available.
1. Plant Efficiency.
On 24 October 1951 it was announced that the plant
had fulfilled its 10 months production plan 7 days ahead of
schedule. J
in.
Administration.
n.
No information available.
Personnel.
o.
No information available.
Locational Characteristics.
No information available.
25X1 A2
30. Parkhomenko Heavy Machinery Building Plant.
a. Location.
480 34'N - 390 17'E. Voroshilovgrad, Voroshilovgrad
Oblast, Ukraine SSR. The plant lies approximately 100 m south-
east of the Voroshilovgrad railroad station in the west-central part
of the city. !
- 188 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
b. History and Development.
Parkhomenko Heavy Machinery Building Plant is the
third largest mining machinery plant in the USSR, and specializes in
the production of mine equipment such as conveyers, coal cutting ma-
chines, cars, washing and sorting machines, ventilators, and ele-
vators. The plant was in existence before World War II, suffered
some damage from aerial bombardment during hostilities, and was re-
stored and enlarged in the postwar reconstruction period. J
c. Raw Materials and Other Inputs.
Pig iron is shipped into the plant from plants in
d.. Coal and Coke.
Coal comes from mines in the Donets Basin, and coke
is received from metallurgical coke plants in the Ukraine. J
e. Ironmaking Facilities.
An iron foundry contains three cupola furnaces.
Two are approximately 15 m high and 1.5 m in diameter, and the third
is a smaller furnace approximately 8 m high and 1.3 m in diameter.
There are three core dryers in the foundry..
f. Steelmaking Facilities.
Reports of prisoner of war, who had observed steel-
making facilities, varied.
Open-Hearth Furnaces. Of 14+ reports, only two
prisoners of war claimed that they had seen one small Siemens-Martin
open-hearth furnace. It is possible that open-hearth steel is made
in small quantities. /
Bessemer Converter. The steel foundry contained one
small Bessemer converter, reported by one observer to have a capacity
of 5 MT. Based upon 25 heats per day, 300 days per year, 1952 and
1953 capacity is estimated at 37,500 MT. g
- 189 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Electric Furnace. There is one electric furnace in
the steel foundry. Most of the prisoners of war stated that it was
used for making special steels, but two claimed that it was used only
for the making of brass for castings. 7/
Primary Rolling Facilities.
None.
h. Finishing Rolling Facilities.
None.
i. Intraplant Services.
Electric power comes from the Voroshilovgrad city
network, supplemented by the diesel power plant within the factory
area. J
J. Products and Production.
Products. Production of the steel foundry includes
Bessemer steel, special steels, possibly open-hearth steel, cast
iron, and small steel castings and forgings.
Production.
Bessemer Steel. Although the Bessemer converter
has a capacity of 37,500 MT per year, 1953 production of finished
castings, on the basis of US foundry practices, is estimated at
approximately 20,000 MT.
Electric Steel. No information is available upon
'Which to base a production estimate.
Open-Hearth Steel. No information is available
upon which to -base a production estimate.
plant.
k. Distribution.
All steel produced is consumed in the machinery
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
1. Plant Efficiency.
No information available.
m. Administration.
The plant was reported to be under the administration
of the Main Administration of the Mining Industry. J
n. Personnel.
No information available.
o. Locational Characteristics.
The plant is surrounded by a wall, and identifica-
tion cards are required for admission. 10
31. Voroshilovgrad Pipe Rolling Mill imeni Yakubovski.
25X1A2g
a. Location.
48? 34'N - 390 20'E, Voroshilovgrad, Voroshilovgrad
Oblast, Ukraine SSR. The plant is serviced by the Donets Railroad
line, from the Voroshilovgrad station. J
b. History and Development.
The plant was in existence before World War I, sus-
tained some damage during World War II, but was back in operation
in May 1947- /
c.. Raw Materials and Other Inputs.
Skelp for the making of welded pipes and tubes comes
from an unknown steel plant in the Ukraine by rail through
Stalin.
d. Coal and Coke.
In September 1943 the plant was authorized to receive
1,700 MT of anthracite from Shakhty "Thermo-anthracite))(Novo-
- 191 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
shakhtinisk) and 3,300 MT from Shakhty "Thermo-anthracite" (Krasny-
Sulin). J
In September 1948, coal was being received by rail
from an unknown source through Stalino.
e. Ironmaking Facilities.
None.
f. Steelmaking Facilities.
None.
g. Primary Rolling Facilities.
None.
h. Finishing Rolling Facilities.
Before World War II the following pipe welding in-
stallations were in operation at Voroshilovgrad:
No. 1 for the production of butt-welded pipe
1.5 inches in diameter.
No. 2 for the production of butt-welded pipe
0.75 inch in diameter.
No. 3 for the production of lap-welded pipe 2.5
inches in diameter. J
Since little damage was suffered by the plant during
World War II, it is assumed that the above pipe welding installa-
tions are now operating at the mill.
i. Intraplant Services.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
J. Products and Production.
Products. Welded pipe and tubing are produced at the
Voroshilovgrad Pipe Rolling Mill. In addition there is a small shop
where tubular bedsteads are manufactured.
Production. In 1934, 10,300 MT of gas tubes were
produced, of which 6. ,800 MT were butt-welded and 3,500 MT were lap-
welded. The 1948-49 planned targets were 60,000 MT per year. In
September 1948 it was announced that production capacity was restored
completely and that production was approaching the prewar output of
100,000 MT per year. 1953 production is estimated to be 90,000 to
100,000 MT. J
k. Distribution.
In March 1951 the plant fulfilled an order for water
tubes for'the Volga-Don Canal. J In June 1951, 40 MT of gas tubes
were sent to the Volga-Don Canal. 10 In January 1952 an order was
received for gas pipe from the Kuybyshev Hydroelectric Develop-
ment. ll In December 1952 the plant filled an order for Stalingrad
Hydroelectric Power Station Project for 57 MT of water and gas
pipe. 12 In January 1953 the pipe mill shipped 340 MT of water
pipe to the building site of the Kuybyshev Hydroelectric Station and
to the Southern Ukrainian Canal. L3/
1. Plant Efficiency.
In June 1948 it was announced that the plant had
completed its plan for the first 6 months of 1948, and on 12 December
1952 the plan for the year was completed. 14,
m. Administration.
Transport. 15
61
The plant is under the direction of the Ministry of
n. Personnel.
Number of Employees. Estimates of the number of
employees range between 300 and 500. Three shifts are worked 6 days
per week. 21,6
193 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Administrative. In July 1948 the Director of the
Voroshilovgrad. Pipe Rolling Mill was (fnu) Rudkov. 17
o. Locational Characteristics.
The plant is surrounded by a fence approximately 3 m
high. There are four guard towers, none of which has been used since
World War II. Identification cards are needed for admittance to the
plant. L8/
32. Voroshilovsk Metallurgical Works imeni Voroshilov
AIchevski; Donyetsko-Yuryevski . 25X1A2g
48? 281N - 38? 46'E. Voroshilovsk, formerly named
Alchevsk, Voroshilovgrad Oblast, Ukraine SSR. The plant is located
on the northwest outskirts of the city. The site borders the rail-
road station and extends southwest to an area southeast of the
Voroshilovgrad-Debal'tsevo main rail line, a branch of which serves
the plant. J
b. History and Development.
The Voroshilovsk Metallurgical Works was constructed
first in the 1880's. Before World War I it was the property of a
French concern, and after the Russian Revolution it was taken over
by the USSR. Later it was named imeni Voroshilov after Marshal
Voroshilov, who had worked in the plant as a crane operator.
During the early 1930's, two of the older blast fur-
naces were reconstructed and replaced by modern German-type furnaces
which were fully mechanized. By 1933 the combine consisted of a
coke-chemical plant, 5 blast furnaces, 7 open-hearth furnaces,
2 small Bessemer converters, and 4 rolling mill trains.
According to the 1936 Plan, Voroshilovsk was to have
a rated capacity as follows:
Pig Iron
1,168,000 MT
Steel
1,080,000 MT
Rolled Products
875,000 MT
- 194 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
With the approach of the German Army, the USSR dis-
mantled many of the installations and machinery to deny the use of
the plant to the Germans. On the German retreat from the Ukraine,
demolition teams blew up many of the shops, particularly those
housing the open hearths and the rolling mills.
Reconstruction of blast furnaces and the coke plant
began at once, and by July 1949 the blast furnaces had reached pre-
war production. It is considered unlikely that plans to restore the
open-hearth furnaces and rolling facilities have been realized. J
c. Raw Materials and Other Inputs.
Iron ore is shipped in by rail from Krivoy Rog. J
Manganese is delivered by rail from the Urals. L/ Limestone in 1941
was received from pits at Shterovka, Ukraine; Zhirnov, Rostov Oblast;
Belaya Kalitva, Ukraine; Golubovka, near Almaznaya, Ukraine; and
Ovrag in the Ukraine. At present limestone is reported to be shipped
into the plant at the rate of 300 MT a day. / Petroleum products in
December 1944 were shipped in by rail as follows: fuel oil from
Makhachkala, and petroleum bitumen from Groznyy Petroleum Supply. J
In June 1948 dolomite came from the Caucasus. J Iron and steel
scrap was received from all parts of the Donets Basin and was stored
along the railroad tracks near the coke-chemical plant. J
d. Coal and Coke.
Coal. In June 1948, coal from the coke-chemical
plant was being received by rail from Kadiyev-ugol', Dzerzhinsk-ugol',
and Pervomaysk-ugol' Trusts. The claim was made that it could have
been supplied by Krasnodon-ugol', Gundorv-ugol', and Kirov-ugol'
Trusts, which were much nearer. 9
Prewar. Before World War II, there were 4 coke
batteries in operation at Voroshilovsk, with a total of 168 Otto-type
10
coke ovens and a capacity of 3,343 cu in.
Reconstruction. The restoration of the coke-chemical
plant began shortly after the USSR recaptured the area. In ]Aid-1947,
coke battery No. 3 had gone into operation. ll In January 1949, 2
coke batteries were reported to be in production, each with 40 ovens
and electric pushers. One quenching tower had been rebuilt, and the
benzol tar distillation and sulfate plants were in operation. 12/
- 195
S-E-C-R-E-T
K
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
following:
In September 1949 the coke plant consisted of the
Battery No. 1. Reconstruction was started in May
1948, but it had not been completed.
Battery No. 2, which had not been damaged during the
war and was in operation.
1947.
Battery No. 3, which was placed in operation in mid-
Battery No. 4, which was destroyed during the war.
The site was cleared and reconstruction started in January 1949.
Two coke-pushing rams and 1 quenching tower serviced
the 3 batteries which were in operation. L3/
A 1952 estimate of the coke-chemical plant at
Voroshilovsk follows:
Number and Type of Batteries
4 Otto
Number of Ovens
Volume of Ovens (Cu M)
Width of Ovens (MM)
168
19.97
400
Normal Coking Time (Hours)
15.7
Coal Charge per Oven, Dry Basis (MT)
15
Total Daily Carbonization Capacity (MT)
3,852
Annual Carbonization Capacity (MT)
1, 386, 720
Annual Coke Capacity, Dry Basis (MT)
1,953,907
Annual Coke Capacity, Moist Basis (MT)
1,100,000
Refined Benzene Capacity (MT per Year)
8,910
Refined Toluene Capacity (MT per Year)
2,090
Crude Tar Capacity (MT per Year)
41,3o4
Ammonium Sulfate Capacity (MT per Year)
14,619 L4/
e. . Ironmaking Facilities.
Prewar. In the prewar years the following blast fur-
naces were at Voroshilovsk:
- 196 -
S-E-C -R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Working
Diameter (mm)
Furnace
Number
Date of Last
Blow In
Volume
Cu M)
Hearth
Bosh
Stockline
Large Bell
1
1938
930
7,000
7,850
5,640
3,960
2
1939
1,050
7,400
8,14o
5,900
14,200
3
366
4
1934
259
3,800
5,000
4,100
3,100
5
1940
525
5,000
6,ooo
5,200
3,850
15
econstruction. Little damage was sustained by
blast furnace No. during World War II, and production began again
in August 1944. By May 1947, No. 1 was in production, followed by
the blowing-in of No. 2 furnace in the spring of 1949. In May 1949
it was announced that four blast furnaces were in production and that
No. 5 furnace was almost complete. No. 5 furnace reportedly was used
exclusively for the production of ferromanganese. Each furnace had
three stoves. In January 1949 it was reported that only 50 MT of pig
iron a day were used in the Voroshilov plant foundries. The major
part of the production was shipped out in the form of pigs. 16
Im rovements in Practices. In July 1948 it was an-
nounced that blast furnace workers at Voroshilovsk had pledged a
blast furnace coefficient of 0.97 for the second half of 1948 in-
stead of the planned coefficient of 1.03. 17- In November 1949 it
was announced that the planned coefficient for blast furnaces was
0.70 for that month. 18
At Present. Five blast furnaces are in operation
at the present time in the Voroshilovsk Metallurgical Works, one of
which, blast furnace No. 5, is producing ferromanganese. There is
also a casting shop which contains.2 pig casting machines, consisting
of molds mounted on an endless chain, and 8 drilling machines. I
* Not in operation.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
1952 Pig Iron Production at Voroshilovsk*
Blast Furnace Volume
Operating
Production
Number Cu M) Coefficient Days
(Thousand MT
1 930
0.97
340
325.9
2 1,050
0.97
340
368.0
3 366
0.97
340
128.2
4 259
0.97
340
80.4
Total Pig Iron Production
902.5
5 525 Producing Ferromanganese 71.4
1-953 Pig Iron Production at Voroshilovsk*
Blast Furnace Volume Estimated Operating
Production
Number Cu M) Coefficient Days
(Thousand MT)
1 930
0.92
340
343.7
2 ? 1,050
0.92
340
388.0
3 366
0.92
340
135.2
4 259
0.92
340
95.7
Total Pig Iron Production
962.6
5 525 Producing Ferromanganese 75.0
f. Steelmaking Facilities.
Prewar. There were 7 open-hearth furnaces and
2 1.5-ton Bessemer converters in operation before World War II.
One open hearth had a hearth area of 40 sq in, 1 had 34.3 sq m, and
5 had 22.4 sq in. each. All furnaces were demolished during the war
years. 20
* See Appendix C, Methodology, for use of coefficient in esti-
mating production.
- 198 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
At Present. To date there has been no indication
that the steelmaking facilities at Voroshilovsk have been recon-
structed. In 1947, however,, it was reported that a new modern open-
hearth shop would be built to replace the obsolescent works which
existed before the war. 21
In February 1949 there was a foundry with 4 drying
ovens, 3 overhead-trolley cranes, and 2 molding and mixers. 22
g.. Primary Rolling Facilities.
Prewar. In 1941, primary rolling facilities con-
sisted :pf one 600-mm blooming mill. 23
Reconstruction Period. A large part of the rolling
mill equipment was removed by the Russians upon the threat of German
occupation. When the Germans retreated, the remaining rolling mill
equipment and the buildings were almost completely destroyed. No
reconstruction was attempted until January 1949, when the site was
cleared and a new building was started. In July 1949, several sources
reported that the building was complete but that no machinery or
equipment had been installed. In 1950, 922 NFL' of a blooming mill in-
stallation and 232 MT of a 750-mm rolling mill were shipped.as repara-
tions from the Krupp Works in Magdeburg, Germany. 24
At Present. It is not believed that there are any
primary or finishing rolling mills in operation at Voroshilovsk. No
effort will be made to complete rolling facilities until such time as
the steelmaking facilities are approaching completion.
h. Finishing Rolling Facilities.
Prewar. In 1941, finishing facilities consisted of
the following:
One small 3-high bar mill, consisting. of 1 500-mm
roughing stand, 2 400-mm intermediate stands, and 7 finishing stands.
Two small 3-high bar mills, consisting of 2 400-mm
roughing stands and 8 250-mm finishing stands.
One heavy 2-high 800-mm bar mill, consisting of
- 199
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
On One medium 3-high bar mill, consisting of 4460-mm
stands. 25
Reconstruction Period. See Primary Rolling
Facilities,
At Present. See Primary Rolling Facilities,
Old Forge Shop. In February 1949 this forge shop
contained 4 gas ovens, 1 large steam hamper, 1 medium steam hamper,
4 forges and 8 drilling machines.
New Forge Shop. In February 1949 a new forge shop
was completed. It holds 10 gas ovens, 1 large steam hammer, and
2 medium steam hannners. 26
i. Intraplant Services.
Power. Opinions differ on the source of electric
power at Voroshilovsk. Several sources claim that all electric
current is delivered by high-tension cable from a nearby power
plant, either Iaporozh'ye or Staling. Voltage is stepped down in
the plant's transformer station to 500 v, 380 v, and 220 v. It was
claimed in September 1949 that no emergency generators were avail-
able in the plant, and that once or twice a week when power was cut
off, all production stopped. 27 Other sources claim that
Voroshilovsk is operated on electricity generated by the plant's own
power station, equipped with generators with a capacity of 48,000 kw.
The power plant supplies electricity not only to the steel plant and
coke-chemical works, but also to the city of Voroshilovsk. 28 The
only firm evidence available is the January 1946 announcement that a
second turbogenerator of 24,000 kw had been assembled and placed in
operation. 29 It is probable that power is generated in the plant
and -- lacking the planned open-hearth shop and rolling mills --
there is a power surplus, which is used in the city. It is also
believed that the plant is connected with the Dnepr-Donets power
network.
Water. There is adequate water available locally. 30
Water for cooling the blast furnaces comes from a pond 250-m long
and 80 m wide, which is within the plant area and on the edge of which
is a pumping station. 31
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093AO00600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Boilerhouse. The boiler house contains 4 or
5 boilers, which are heated by blast furnace gas. 32
Pattern-Making Shop. This shop contains 2 lathes,
2 planing machines, 1 drilling machine, and 1 milling machine. 33
Electric Motor Repair Shops. The motor repair shop
contains 1 lathe, 1 shaping machine, 1 drilling machine, and 1 elec-
tric welding set. 34
Sheetmetal Shop. Installed in this shop are one
large shear and a punch machine. 35
Compressor Station. This building contains 3 or
4 large gas or electrically driven compressors which supply air for
the blast furnace stoves through overhead pipes. 36
j. Products and Production.
Products. Before World War II, production included
metallurgical coke and its byproducts, pig iron, ferromanganese,
ingot steel, bars and billets, plates, rails, structural shapes, and
forgings such as shafts, axles, gear wheels, pipe couplings, gun
barrels, and bushings. Ordnance items were shipped to Rostov for
finishing. 37 At present Voroshilovsk is producing metallurgical
coke and its byproducts, pig iron, ferromanganese, castings, and
forgings. 38
Production. Production reports by various sources
1932 1934 1935 1936 1947 1952 1953
Metallurgical
Coke 500 39 1E00 39 1,100 43 1,100 43
Pig Iron 598.6 40 744.7 40 758.4 41 902.5 / 962.6
Steel 180 fOj' 216.1 0 0
Rolled
Products 193.9 40 236.8 40 0 0
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093AO00600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
In November and December 1944, 40 MT of forgings and
cast iron were shipped to Glavvoyen-Promstroi and 130 MT of cast iron
to the Krasny-Sulin Steel Works. 44 Up to January 1949 the major
portion of foundry products was sent to the Voroshilovgrad Locomotive
and Tank Factory. 45 In September 1949 the bulk of pig iron was
shipped to Frunze Metallurgical Plant in Konstantinovka, and to
plants at Taganrog and Rostov. 46 In August 1952 it was announced
that the plant had shipped 100 MT of iron during the first half of
1952 to Zaporozh'ye Metallurgical Constructional Enterprise, which
produced equipment for the Kakhovka Hydroelectric Power Station. L7/
In December 1952, Voroshilovsk completed its orders for cast iron
for the Kuybyshev Hydroelectric Power Project. 48
1. Plant Efficiency.
No information available.
m. Administration.
Voroshilovsk. Metallurgical Works is under the direction
of the Ministry of Ferrous Metallurgy. 49
Number of Employees. In the prewar years there were
8,000 to 10,000 employees at the plant. In mid-1949, estimates of
the number of employees ranged between 10,000 and 20,000, 25 percent
of-which were women and 10 percent apprentices. Three shifts were
worked each day, 7 days a week. 50
Administrative Personnel. In September 1949 the
following held administrative positions in the plant:
Gmyria.
Avanazi.
Ivchenko. 51
Director of Voroshilovsk Metallurgical Works (fnu)
Manager of the Blast Furnace Department (fnu)
Manager of the Coke-Chemical Plant (fnu)
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
o. Locational Characteristics.
The plant is surrounded by a 2-m high slag-concrete
wall, topped by barbed wire. Watch towers, with sentries on duty
24 hours a day, are spaced around the wall. Plant police, armed
with carbines, are stationed at all gates. 52
III. Dnepropetrovsk Oblast.
Dnepropetrovsk Oblast is the second most important iron and
steel production center in Economic Region III.
Estimated 1953 Production of Dnepropetrovsk Oblast
Metallurgical
Coke
Pig Iron
Steel
Finished
Steel
Total Production
(Thousand Metric Tons)
National Share
3,220.0
4,850.3
4,041.3
2,948.6
(Percent)
Regional Share
10.1
18.6
11.1
11.2
(Percent)
19.7
34.1
37.0
39.0
There are three steel-producing complexes in Dnepropetrovsk
Oblast at Dnepropetrovsk, Dneprodzerzhinsk, and Konstantinovka.
The Dnepropetrovsk Complex contains the important steel plant,
Petrovski Metallurgical Plant, and two noteworthy producers of
pipes and tubes, the Dnepropetrovsk Pipe Rolling Mill imeni Lenin,
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
and the Nizhnedneprovsk Metallurgical Plant and Tube Mill imeni
Karl Liebknecht.
The important Dneprodzerzhinsk Metallurgical Plant imeni
Dzerzhinski is in the Dneprodzerzhinsk Complex. Although no metal-
lurgical coke is made at Dzerzhinski, the Dneprodzerzhinsk Coke-
Chemical Plant No. 24 imeni Ordzhonikidze is one of the largest
producers within Region III and supplies the needs of the
Dzerzhinski Plant.
Summary Tables - Dnepropetrovsk Oblast
A. Dnepropetrovsk Complex.
Production and Capacity
Dnepropetrovsk Coke-Chemical Plant No. 20
imeni Kalinin
1953
Thousand Metric Tons
Metallurgical Coke Production
4 Batteries - 154 Ovens
940.0
Pig Iron Production
0
Steel Production
0
Rolling Mill Capacity
0
Finished Steel Production
0
Power Plant Capacity
N.A.
34. Production and Capacity
Dnepropetrovsk Metallurgical Equipment Plant DZMO
imeni Khatayevich
1953
Thousand Metric Tons
Metallurgical Coke Production
0
Pig Iron Production
0
- 204 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
34? Production and Capacity
Dnepropetrovsk Metallurgical Equipment Plant DZMO
imeni Khatayevich
1953
(Continued)
Steel Production
2 OH's and 2 Electrics
Rolling Mill Capacity
Finished Steel Production
Power Plant Capacity
Production and Capacity
Dnepropetrovsk Pipe Rolling Mill
imeni Lenin
1953
55.8
0
30.6
0
Thousand Metric Tons
Metallurgical Coke Production 0
Pig Iron Production 0
Steel Production 325.6
6 OH's
Rolling Mill Capacity
675/550/675-mm Plate Mill 50.0 to 60.0
Universal Mill 45.0 to 55.0
Lap Welding Shop 30.0 to 40.0
Butt-Welding Shop 30.0 to 40.0
Mannesmann Seamless Tube Shop 44.0 to 52.0
Thin-Walled Tube Shop 6.0 to 8.0
Power Plant Capacity
S-E-C-R-E-T
224.4
0
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
36.
Production and Capacity
Komintern Steel Combine
1953
Metallurgical Coke Production 0
Pig Iron Production 0
Steel Production
2 OH's 126.5
Rolling Mill Capacity N.A.
Finished Steel Production 92.0
Power Plant Capacity N.A.
Production and Capacity
Nizhnedneprovsk Metallurgical Plant and
Tube Mill imeni Karl Liebknecht
1953
Thousand Metric Tons
Metallurgical Coke Production 0
Pig Iron Production 0
Steel Production
5 OH's 451.9
Rolling Mill Capacity N.A.
Blooming Mill N.A.
Tube Mill N.A.
Railroad Wheel Rolling Mill N.A.
Finished Steel Production 325.3
Power Plant Capacity N.A.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C.R-E-T
38.
Production and Capacity
Nizhnedneprovsk Wire and Nail Plant
1953
Thousand Metric Tons
Metallurgical Coke Production 0
Pig Iron Production 0
Steel Production
Rolling Mill Capacity
Finished Steel. Production
Power Plant Capacity
Production and Capacity
Petrovski Metallurgical Plant
1953
N.A.
145.o
0
Metallurgical Coke Production
Pig Iron Production
5 BF's
Steel Production
6 0Il's and 3 Converters
Rolling Mill Capacity
1, 087.7
655.5
Blooming Mill N.A.
Roughing Mill N.A.
Rail and Structural Mill 100.0
800/650/800-mm Plate Mill 70.0
700/500/700-mm Sheet Mill N.A.
600/800-mm Thin Sheet Mill N.A.
500-mm Structural Mill N.A.
250-mm Small Shape Mill N.A.
320-mm Wire Mill 80.0
Wire Mill N.A.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Production and Capacity
Petrovski Metallurgical Plant
1953
(Continued)
Finished Steel Production 472.0
Power Plant Capacity 30,000 kw
Production and Capacity
Spartak Metal Goods Factory
1953
Metallurgical Coke Production
Pig Iron Production
Steel Production
Rolling Mill Capacity
Finished Steel Production
Power Plant Capacity
B. Dneprodzerzhinsk Complex.
Production and Capacity
Dneprodzerzhinsk Coke-Chemical Plant
imeni Kamen
1953
Metallurgical Coke Production
2 Batteries - 94 Ovens
Pig Iron Production
Steel Production
- 208 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
41.
Production and Capacity
Dneprodzerzhinsk Coke-Chemical Plant
imeni Kamen
1953
(Continued)
Thousand Metric Tons
0
0
N.A.
Rolling Mill Capacity
Finished Steel Production
Power Plant Capacity
Production and Capacity
Dneprodzerzhinsk Coke-Chemical Plant No. 24
imeni Ordzhonikidze
1953
Metallurgical Coke Production
4 Batteries - 215 Ovens
Pig Iron Production
Steel Production
Rolling Mill Capacity
Finished Steel Production
Power Plant Capacity
43.
Metallurgical Coke Production
Pig Iron Production
- 209 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Production and Capacity
Dneprodzerzhinsk Metallurgical Plant
imeni Dzerzhinski
1953
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
43.
Production and Capacity
Dneprodzerzhinsk Metallurgical Plant
imeni Dzerzhinski
1953
(Continued)
8 BFt s
Steel Production
15 OH's and 3 Converters
Rolling Mill Capacity
2,574.9
1,763.0
1,100-mm Blooming Mill N.A.
1,150-mm Blooming Mill N.A.
780600-mm Universal Mill N.A.
640-mm Bar Mill N.A.
No. 1 550-mm Small Bar Mill N.A.
No. 2 550-mm Small Bar Mill N.A.
860/630/830-mm Plate Mill N.A.
650/500/650-mm Plate Mill N.A.
630-mm Sheet Mill N.A.
860-mm Rail and Structural Mill N.A.
500-mm Rod Mill N.A.
Finished Steel Production 1,269.3
Power Plant Capacity' 90,000 kw
C. Single Plants.
Production and Capacity
Krivoy Rog Metallurgical Plant
imeni Stalin
1953
Metallurgical Coke Production 880.0
2 Batteries - 138 Ovens
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Production and Capacity
K?ivoy Rog Metallurgical Plant
imeni Stalin
1953
(Continued)
Pig Iron Production
3 BF's
Steel Production
2 Converters
Rolled Steel Capacity
Blooming Mill
Finished Steel Production
Power Plant Capacity
45.
Production and Capacity
Nikopol Pipe and Tube Mill
1953
1,187.7
660.0
N.A.
Metallurgical Coke Production
Pig Iron Production
Steel Production
1 Electric
Rolling Mill Capacity
Finished Steel Production
Power Plant Capacity
S-E-C-R-E-T
3.0
N.A.
90.0
0
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
46
Production and Capacity
Novomoskovsk Sheet Mill
1953
Metallurgical Coke Production 0
Pig Iron Production 0
Steel Production 0
Rolling Mill Capacity N.A.
Finished Steel Production 300.0
Plant Studies - Dnepropetrovsk Oblast
A. Dnepropetrovsk Complex.
33. Dnepropetrovsk Coke-Chemical Plant No. 20 imeni Kalinin
Tukhovski Coke-Chemical Plant).
a. Location.
25X1A2g
48? 28'N - 34? 35'E. Dnepropetrovsk, Dnepropetrovsk
Oblast, Ukraine SSR. The plant lies approximately 7 km southwest of
the center of the city of Dnepropetrovsk, and south of the Dnepr
River and the Petrovski Metallurgical Plant. The main east-west rail-
road line is just north of the plant. I/
b. History and Development.
Plans for the construction of the Dnepropetrovsk Coke-
Chemical Plant were initiated before the First Five Year Plan. Batteries
Nos. 3 and 4 were built in 1927-29, and Nos. 1 and 2 were added
during 1936-37, at which time the recovery of byproducts was begun.
Reconstruction of the damage sustained during World War II began
shortly after the USSR recaptured the Ukraine. All four coke batteries
and the byproducts recovery installations were in full operation in
1950.
c. Raw Materials and Other Inputs.
Before World War II, water came from the Dnepr River
and furnace gas was received from blast furnaces at the nearby
Petrovski and DZMO metallurgical plants. J
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
d. Coal and Coke.
Coal. Coal comes from the mines in the Donets
Basin. J Coal was unloaded by modern methods before World War II,
and was deposited in "3 underground bunkers, each with a capacity of
800 MT. There were two coal crushing installations and a belt con-
veyer. J
Prewar. Two Coppee coke batteries of 37 ovens each
were built in 1929. These were rebuilt in 1936-37 into Becker-type
ovens by Koksokhimmontazh. They were heated by blast furnace gas.
Two additional Coppee batteries of 40 chambers each were built by
the German firm of Demag in 1927-29. These batteries were not re-
modeled. They were heated by coke gas. J
Reconstruction Period. The following announcements
of accomplishments at the plant appeared in the press: On 3 July
1945 a coke battery was ready to be commissioned. In June 1946
No. 3 coke battery, the second to be reconstructed, was placed in
operation. No. 2 battery was under construction and the ammonium
sulfate plant was in operation. In December 1946 a coke battery, a
coal washer, the coal preparation shop, and the steam boilers were
completed. On 29 April 1947 the benzol shop was placed in opera-
tion. J
At Present. The following estimate of the capacities
of the Dnepropetrovsk Coke-Chemical Plant was made in 1952:
Number
and Type
of Batteries
2 Becker
2 Coppee
Number
of Coke
Ovens
74.
80
Volume
of Ovens
(Cu M)
19.6
19.5
Width
of Ovens
(NZI )
4o6
400
Normal Coking Time, (Hours)
16.0
15.7
Coal Charge per Oven, Dry
Basis (MT)
15.0
14.0
Total Daily Carbonization
Capacity (MT) 1,665
Annual Carbonization
Capacity (MT) 599,400
Annual Coke Capacity, Dry
Basis (NIT) 455,544
S-E-C-R-E-T
1,68o
604, 8oo
459,648
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Annual Coke Capacity,
Moist Basis (MT)
Refined Benzene Capacity
(MT per Year)
Refined Toluene
(MT per Year)
Capacity
Crude Tar Capacity (MT per
Year)
Ammonium Sulfate Capacity (MT
per Year)
940,000
7,615
1,786
35,297
12, 492 J
e. Ironmaking Facilities.
None.
f. Steelmaking Facilities.
None.
g. Primary Rolling Facilities.
None.
h. Finishing Rolling Facilities.
None.
i. Intraplant Services.
No information available.
j. Products and Production.
Metallurgical coke, benzene, toluene, crude tar, and
ammonium sulfate are produced at the plant. 2/
94o,000 MT. to
Production in 1952 and also in 1953 is estimated at
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
k. Distribution.
Cope is shipped to Petrovski Metallurgical Plant and
to other steel plants in the vicinity of Dnepropetrovsk. 11
1. Plant Efficiency.
Coal yield from charged coal was 78 percent in
1952.
m. Administration.
The plant is probably operating under the direction
of the Ministry of the Chemical Industry. ~/
n. Personnel.
In July 1946 the Chief Engineer was (fnu) Lakiza.
In July 1948 the director of the plant was (fnu) Popov. In January
1953 the deputy director of the plant was Semyen Ivanovich
Bogoyevsky. 13
o. Locational Characteristics.
34. Dnepro etr.ovsk Metallurgical Equipment Plant DZMO
Dnepropetrovsk Zavod Metallurgicheskogo
Oborudovani a imeni Khatayevich.
25X1 A2g
a. Location.
480 28'N - 340 581E, Dnepropetrovsk, Dnepropetrovsk
Oblast, Ukraine SSR. The site lies east of the Petrovski Metal-
lurgical Plant in the western part of the city, and approximately
500 m from the Dnepr River. J
b. History and Development.
Construction of the plant was begun in 1912 by the
Chaudoir Tube and Rolling Mill Corporation, which erected 1 blast
furnace and 2 open hearth furnaces. During the Bolshevik Revolution
and for some years thereafter the plant lay idle, and was not placed
- 215 -
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C -R-E-T
in operation until 1932. Fox a time it was under the same ad-
ministration as that of the Petrovski Metallurgical Plant. Blast
furnace No. 1 was reconditioned in 1932, and the boilerhouse, a
new blower house, and a steel-casting foundry were erected. In
1932 the administration of DZMO was separated from that of the
Petrovski Plant. In 1935 the steel-casting foundry began opera-
tions. The tube plant and its machine shop were built in 1936.
The two electric furnaces, which had been idle for several years,
were put in operation in 1938, principally for the production of
manganese steel. The oxygen plant was erected, and the construc-
tion and other auxiliary departments began operations in the same
year. In 1941, work was begun on the five new boilers of the power
plant.
As the Germans advanced into the Ukraine, a large
part of the machinery and installations of the plant were removed
by the Soviet government. The mill suffered considerable damage
during World War II, with estimates of destruction running as high
as 50 percent. Reconstruction began shortly after Soviet re-
capture of the Ukraine. J
c. Raw Materials and Other Inputs.
Prewar. 27,000 to 28,000 MT of iron ore per month,
or approximately 330,000 MT per year, came by rail from Krivoy Rog
for the production of pig iron. 8,000 MT per month of bauxite, or
approximately 100,000 MT per year, were shipped into the plant from
the Urals. This was not the high grade bauxite from Krasnaya
Shapochka, but an inferior grade which was less suited for the direct
extraction of alumina. Its use is not known. Limestone was shipped
in by rail from Yelenovka at the rate of 10,000 to 12,000 MT per
month, or approximately 125,000 MT per year. Molding sand was
obtained partly from local sources. 3,000 MT were used each month
in the tubing plant and 5,000 MT in the steel-casting foundry.
Approximately 900 MT of fuel oil were used each month, principally
in the open-hearth shop. J
At Present. Sources of raw materials are believed
to be approximately the same as those described above. In 1947, how-
ever, some pig iron was being received from the nearby Petrovski
Metallurgical Plant. J
- 216 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C -R-E-T
d. Coal and Coke.
Prewar. Coal came from the Donets Basin and was
used only to a limited extent, as fine coke was,used as a fuel in
the boiler house. Anthracite which was distributed to the workers
for heating purposes was consumed annually at the rate of 9,000 to
10,000 MT.
Coke requirements amounted to approximately 21+,000
MT per month, or 288,000 MT per year, and were' met by the production
of coke plants in Makeyevka, Rutchenkovo, and Zaporozh'ye. The
fine coke accumulated in the transportation of metallurgical coke
was sifted and used in the boilerhouse. J
At Present. There is no information on the sources
and requirements of the plant for coal and coke, but sources are
believed to be the same as those described above.
e. Ironmaking Facilities.
Prewar. There were two blast furnaces in operation,
Blast furnace No. 1 had a capacity of 480 cu in, a
diameter of 5 m, and a height - to the lower edge of the bell -- of
20.5 m. It had 1+ blast furnace stoves with heating surfaces of 7,500
to 8,000 sq m each.
Blast furnace No. 2 had a capacity of 217 cu m, a
diameter of 3.15 in, and a height -- to the lower edge of the bell --
of 18.8 in. It had 2 blast furnace stoves with heating surfaces of
3,600 sq m each. Furnace No. 2 was used chiefly for the production
of ferrosilicon. It was reported that experiments with oxygen-en-
riched air were being conducted with this furnace.
Furnace No. 1 was used for the production of
titanium pig iron. Coke consumption was 1,150 kg per ton of foundry
pig iron, 1,300 to 1,1+00 kg per ton of titanium pig iron, and approxi-
mately 2,000 kg per ton of ferrosilicon.
Figures on the production of the 2 blast furnaces are
not available, but production capacity was estimated at approximately
170,000 MT per year in 191+0. J
S-E-C-R-E-T
i
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
At Present. There is no information available on the
restoration or the present status of the two blast furnaces.
Cast Iron Tube Plant.
Prewar. There were.4 cupola furnaces, each with a
capacity of 10 MT per hour, or a combined, daily production of 400 MT.
Casting was done in mold boxes, which were carried on a band con-
veyer. The sand was dumped mechanically, and approximately- 45 per-
cent of the burned sand was put back in circulation. Much equipment
was removed by the Russians, and when the Germans took over the
plant all machines were incomplete and unusable. J
At Present. The cast iron pipe plant is in operation,
but there is no information concerning equipment and the amount of
production.
Old Foundry.
Prewar. The old foundry contained 2 cupola furnaces
with a capacity of 5 tons per hour for each furnace, or approximately
1,500 MT per month. J No other information is available.
At Present. The status is not known.
f. Steelmaking Facilities.
Prewar. There were two open hearth furnaces in
operation at the plant. 35 MT of raw materials were charged, and
output amounted to 32 MT. As a rule 3 charges were made every 24
hours. Hearth areas were estimated at 16.0 sq in. The open-hearth
shop was demolished during World War II.
In addition to the open hearths, there was 1 3-ton
and 1 6-ton electric furnace. The 3-ton furnace produced 9 tons of
manganese steel every 24 hours and had a monthly output of approxi-
mately 175 MT. The 6-ton furnace produced 1.3 to 1.5 MT of carbides
each day. J
In October 1940 it was announced that DZMO was
making experiments on refined steel by means of synthetic slag.
The synthetic slag was made of quartz, crushed chamotte, manganese
ore, and titanium concentrate. The materials were melted in an
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E -T
electric furnace and poured into the casting ladle. The slag was
used in the proportion of 5 percent of the amount of the unrefined
steel. The refined steel was used in the production of the rail and
tube rolling mills and as a construction material for bridges and
ships. 10/
At Present. Two open hearth furnaces, with capa-
cities of approximately 20 MT, are in operation at DZMO.
Estimated 1952 and 1953 Open-Hearth Steel Production at DZMO*
Hearth Area Estimated Operating Production
Open Hearth Number (Sq M) Coefficient Days (Thousand MT)
1 16.0 4.5 325
23.x-
2 16.0 4.5 325
23.4
Total Open Hearth Steel Production
46.8
Estimated 1952 and 1953 Electric Steel Production
9.0
Total Estimated 1952 and 1953 Steel Production
55.8
Steel-Casting Foundry.
Prewar. Items produced in the steel-casting foundry
included cast steel rolls, slag ladles, wheel rims, BF bell-dis-
tributors, cogging rolls, rolling mill stands, charging boxes for
open hearth furnaces, annealing boxes, and gear wheels. Production
amounted to 1,600 MT of steel castings and 4,100 MT of wheel rims
each month. The rims were shipped to tire-rolling mills at
Dneprodzerzhinsk and Voroshilovgrad. ll
At Present. The steel-casting foundry is in produc-
tion, but there is no information on details of equipment and pro-
duction.
g. Primary Rolling Facilities.
No information available.
h. Finishing Rolling Facilities.
No information available.
See Appendix C, Methodology, for use of coefficient in estimating
production.
- 219 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
i. Intraplant Services.
Construction Department.
Prewar. The construction department produced blast
furnace and steel mill installations. All machinery was removed
before the Germans occupied the plant. 12
At Present. The. construction department is believed
to be in operation, but no details are available.
Electric Power.
Prewar. No electricity was generated at the DZMO
plant. Power requirements amounted to 9,500 to 10,000 kw, and the
entire supply of electricity was obtained from the Dnepr-Donets net-
work. There were 7 transformers in the plant area, all but 2 of
which had been removed by the Russians before German occupation. 13
Prewar. Four steam boilers were in operation, each
of which had a capacity of 10 to 12 tons of steam per hour while
firing on blast furnace gas. A fifth boiler with a capacity of 20 to
22 tons of steam per hour was under construction but had not been
placed in operation. Steam requirements for the blast furnace blowers
were 25 to 26 MT per hour; for all other purposes, 10 MT per hour. 14+
At Present. No information available.
Compressors. There were six compressors at the
plant at the time of the German occupation. 15 Present status is
not known.
Water Supply. In 1941, water was supplied by the
pumping station at the Petrovski Metallurgical Plant. Requirements
were approximately 1,100 cu m per hour. 16 The present source of
water probably remains the same.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Blast Furnace Gas.
Prewar. The supply of blast furnace gas amounted to
approximately 130,000 to 1+0,000 cu m per hour. The gas was purified
and distributed as follows:
Hourly Rate
(Cu M)
Blast Heaters
35,000
Boilerhouse
30,000 to 45,000
Dr
in
Furnace
Steelcastin
y
g
,
g
Foundry
3,000 to
5,000
Old Foundry
1,000 to
1,200
Cast Iron Tube Plant
500
A surplus of about 30,000 cu m per hour was used by
the nearby Lenin plant and the Dnepropetrovsk Pipe Rolling Mill. 17
At Present. No information available.
j. Products and Production.
Products.
Prewar. The following were among the products pro-
duced at DZMO before World War II: pig iron, raw steel, manganese
steel, ingot steel for wheel rims, cast iron pipe, cast shapes, and
metallurgical plant equipment. 18
At Present. The following are among the products
produced at DZMO: cast iron pipe, casting molds, cast shapes, and
metallurgical plant equipment. 1.19/
The following products may be produced at DZMO: pig
iron, raw steel, manganese steel, and castings for wheel rims.
Production. Production at DZMO is as follows:
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
1940
1934
1935
1936
(Capacity)
1952
1953
Pig Iron
142,700
155,300
146,400
170,000
Raw Steel
15,400
42,000
60,000
55,800
55,800
Steel Castings
68,400
Finished Cast
Iron Pipe
72,000 LO/
Several articles have appeared in the press which in-
dicate the destination of the products of DZMO. In February 1947,
"complicated" 4.5-m moulds for casting of pipe for the Moscow Metro
hot blast valv.es for a blast furnace at Novo-Tulsky Metallurgical Zavod,
and 100-hp reduction gears for mine hoists were being produced. 21
In May 1947, DZMO was manufacturing 3,500 sets of fittings for an
oil system for a sheet rolling mill at Zaporozh'ye. 22 In May
1947, DZMO received an urgent order for tubular rings to be used as
mine props in the shaft columns of the Nordvik Salt Mines. The first
200 MT of tubing had already been produced and shipped to the
Arctic. 23 In May 1948 the controlling assembly of the first cax
dumper for the Zaporozh'ye Coke Byproducts Plant was finished. 24
In November 1948 the plant was producing tubing for use in the con-
struction of the Moscow Metro. 25 In November. 1949 the production
was started of all-welded 50-MT hot metal ladles for pig iron for
Stalino Metallurgical Plant. 26 In November 1950.a consignment of
steel casting buggies was sent to a steel works in the Urals, a
shipment of conveyer plates was sent to Odessa metal plants, and
steel ladles of a large capacity were sent to Zaporozh'ye and
Tula. 27 In January 1951, DZMO shipped the first order of tubing
to the Volga-Don Canal Project. 28
1. Plant Efficiency.
In May 1947 the DZMO plant was awarded the Challenge
of the Red Banner of the Ministry of Ferrous Metallurgy and the first
class premium for its perforrnace in Socialist Competition for April
1947. 29
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
In December 1947 the plant was criticized for not
meeting schedules in the production of metal tubing for the Moscow
Metro. It was stated that efforts would be made to combat defective
production and to devote more attention to the training of new
workers. 30
The plant operates under the administration of the
Ministry of Ferrous Metallurgy. 31
Number. In 1941 when the plant was operating at
full capacity, there were 6,500 employees. L2/ The present number
of employees is not known.
Administrative Personnel. In October 1951 the
Chief Engineer of DZMO was S. Sergieni. 33
In April 1947 the plant was partly enclosed by a
wooden fence and partly by a brick wall. Guard towers were located
at 100 m intervals, and passes were required for admittan . 34
FA-Z
35. Dnepropetrovsk Pipe Rolling Mill imeni Lenin LLb
48? 29'N - 34? 58'E. Dnepropetrovsk, Dnepropetrovsk
Oblast, Ukraine SSR. The plant is located in the northwest section
of the city, just south of the Petrovski Metallurgical Plant. It is
on the Nizhnedneprovsk-Dneprodzerzhinsk railroad. J
b. History and Development.
A tube-welding shop was built in Dnepropetrovsk in
1889 by the Chaudoir Tube and Rolling Mill Corporation, the head-
quarters of which was in Moscow. The plant was expanded with the
building of a plate mill in 1896 and the construction of the open-
hearth shop in 1898. In 1906 additional buildings in the area were
acquired for further expansion of the mill. The installation stood
- 223 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
idle during the revolutionary years 1918-21 and was placed back into
operation in 1922 under the management which also administered the
Petrovski Metallurgical Plant. The heat-treatment department for
thin tubes was erected in 1927, the thin tube-drawing shop was added
in 1929, and in 1931 the metal container plant went into production.
The administration of the pipe mill was separated from that of
Petrovski in 1933, at which time it was assigned its present title.
During World War II, the plant suffered only moderate
damage, estimated by one source at 15 percent, and production was re-
sumed on a limited scale in 191+7. Production was claimed to have
reached near capacity toward the end of 191+9. ?/
c. Raw Materials and Other Inputs.
Pig Iron. The Petrovski Metallurgical Plant, which
adjoins the pipe mill to the north, shipped a monthly average of
5,500 MT of pig iron, or approximately 65,000 MT per year, for use
in the open hearths. Pig iron was also received from Kamenskoye
(now called. Dneprodzerzhinsk) and Zaporozh'ye.
Scrap Iron and Steel. 8,000 MT of scrap iron and
steel were used each month, only 20 percent of which was collected
within the plant. The balance came from scrap-collection depots in
Odessa, Minsk, and Leningrad.
Limestone. Limestone came from Yelenovka and Veliki-
Quicklime. Quicklime came from Yarna in the Donets
Semifinished Steel. Semifinished steel for pro-
cessing in the Mannesmann tube mill only -- 800 to 900 MT per month,
or approximately 10,000 MT per year -- was received from the Krasny
Oktyabr plant in Stalingrad. This steel was in 85-mm rounds with
0.15 to 0.20 percent carbon. Up to 2,000 MT of alloyed steel per
month, or approximately 21+,000 MT per year, came from Zaporozh'ye.
Of this amount 1,800 MT were chromium-manganese-silicon steel and
200 MT were chromium-molybdenum and chromium-nickel construction
steel, plus some rustproof and heat-resisting steels. Smaller
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
amounts were received-occasionally from the Elektrostal plant in
Noginsk near Moscow. 800 MT of 0.05 to 0.50 carbon steel, 90 mm in
diameter, came from Il'ich Steel plant each month. 3,000 MT of
0.05 to 0.50 carbon steel, 95 to 125 mm in diameter, were received
from Petrovski. Total purchases of semifinished steel amounted to
6,500 to 7,000 MT per month, or 78,000 to 8+,000 MT per year. In
addition, 1,700 to 2,000 MT of steel ingots, poured in the mill,
were rolled into semifinished steel at the Petrov"ski plant and re-
turned for further working at the pipe mill.
Tubes for the Metal Container Plant. A total of
1, 200 to 1,400 MT per month, or 14,400 00 to 16,800 MT per year, of
tubing 219 mm in diameter and having an over-all wall thickness
of 8 mm came from the following:
1,000 MT per month from Karl Liebknecht Plant.
120 MT per month from Pervoural'sk Plant in the Urals.
80 MT per month from Nikopol'.
Fuel Oil. Fuel oil requirements were as follows:
MT per Month
Plate Mill and Reheating Furnaces
2,000
Pipe Welding Plant
700
Mannesmann Tube Plant
400
Metal Container Plant
300
Total per Month
3,)+00
Total per Year
402800
Blast Furnace Gas. Consumption of blast furnace
gas amounted to 37,000 to 2,000 cu m per hour, of which 12,000 cu m
came from the DZMO plant in Dnepropetrovsk and 25,000 cu m from
Petrovski Metallurgical Plant. Distribution of the blast furnace
gas was as follows:
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Open-Hearth Plant
Plate Mill
Tube-Welding Shop
Mannesmann Tube Plant
Pipe Drawing Shop
Metal Container Factory
Boiler House
Cu M per Hour
8, 000
1, 500
6,000
13,000
8,000
1,500
1,000
42,000
Coke Gas. Coke gas came from the Dnepropetrovsk
Coke-Chemical Plant, and consumption was as follows:
Cu M per Hour
Open-Hearth Shop 5,000
Plate Mill 400
Tube Welding Shop 2,200
Mannesmann Tube Plant 800
Reconstruction Period and At Present. Raw materials
and other inputs are being received as follows: pig iron from
Petrovski Metallurgical Plant and from Zaporozh'ye, J scrap from
plant operations and from local collections, J and limestone from
Yelenovka and from Veliki-Anatol. J Blast furnace gas is piped in-
to the plant area from the Petrovski Metallurgical Plant and from
the Dnepropetrovsk Metallurgical Equipment Plant. J
d.. Coal and Coke.
Coal. Coal for use in the plant has always been
shipped into the plant from the Donets Basin. J
Coke. Metallurgical coke has always been received
from the Dnepropetrovsk Coke-Chemical Plant imeni Kalinin, except
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
for a period during the reconstruction of the coke-chemical plant,
when coke was shipped in from the Voroshilovgrad Coke-Chemical
Plant. J
Coke Gas. Coke gas is piped into the area from
Dnepropetrovsk Coke-Chemical Plant imeni Kalinin. 10
e. Ironmaking Facilities.
None.
f. Steelmaking Facilities.
Prewar. Several sources claim that there were six
open-hearth furnaces in operation at Dnepropetrovsk Pipe Mill
before World War II, as follows:
One open hearth had a hearth area of 16.96 sq m.
Two open hearths had hearth areas of 16.76 sq m.
One open hearth had a hearth area of 23.78 sq m.
Two open hearths had hearth areas of 43.78 sq m. ll
According to an authoritative source, however, there
were only four open-hearth furnaces at the plant when the Germans took
over. It was claimed that 3 units had a capacity of 50 MT each and
that the fourth had an 80-ton capacity. I P/
Postwar Reconstruction. Only minor damage was in-
flicted on open-hearth installations during World War II. The first
open-hearth furnace to be fired after the war went into operation on
29 August 1944, and by mid-1950, all six furnaces were believed to
be in production. 13
Improvements in Practice. In August 1947 the Open-
Hearth Division averaged .97 MT of steel for each square meter of
hearth area as compared to 4.65 MT achieved in July 1944. In July
1948 workers pledged a coefficient of 4.8 MT for the second half of
1948 as compared to the previous level of 4.0 MT. L4/ In March
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
1950 a worker achieved a record yield of 8 MT for each square meter
of hearth area as compared to the progressive norm of 5 MT. In April
1951 it was announced that the steel coefficient was 5.1 MT. 15
At Present. Six furnaces are in operation, 3 of
which have an approximate capacity of 35 MT and 3 of 100 MT. It was
announced in 1951 that the sixth open-hearth furnace was being re-
built and that when completed it would have a hearth area of 44 sq m
and a capacity of 150 MT. 16 This new furnace probably replaced one
of the 16.76 sq m furnaces.
Estimated 1952 Steel Production at Dnepropetrovsk*
Hearth Area
Operating
Production
Open Hearths
(Sq M)
Coefficient
Days
(Thousand MT)
1
16.96
5.1
325
28.1
1
16.76
5.1
325
27.8
1
44.0
5.1
325
72.9
1
23.78
5.1
325
39.4
1
43.78
5.1
325
72.6
1
43.78
5.1
325
72.6
Total Steel Production 313.4
Estimated 1953 Steel production at Dnepropetrovsk*
Open Hearths
Hearth Area
Sq M)
Estimated
Coefficient
Operating
Days
Production
(Thousand MT)
1
16.96
5.3
325
29.2
1
16.76
5.3
325
28.9
1
44.0
5.3
325
75.8
1
23.78
5.3
325
40.9
1
43.78
5.3
325
75.4
1
43.78
5.3
325
75.4
Total Steel Production 325.6
* See Appendix C, Methodology, for use of coefficient in esti-
mating production.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
g. Primary Rolling Facilities.
It is not believed that there are any primary
rolling mill facilities at Dnepropetrovsk. All steel ingots are
shipped to Petrovski Metallurgical Plant for roughing and most
are then returned to the Dnepropetrovsk Pipe Mill for finishing. 17
h. Finishing Rolling Facilities.
Prewar. Before the war, finishing facilities at
Dnepropetrovsk Pipe Rolling Mill consisted of the following:
Plate Rolling Mill. 'T'his mill was installed
originally by a Belgian firm and was rebuilt later by the
Kramastorskaya Metallurgical Machinery Factory. The mill had
2 stands, 1 for roughing and 1 for finishing, each of which was
3-high, with roll diameters of 675/550/675 mm. There were two
plate cutting machines in the shop. The plate mill had an annual
capacity of approximately 50,000 MT.
Universal Rolling Mill. The universal mill produced
skelp for the lap-welding and butt-welding shops. Annual capacity
was estimated at 45,000 MT. -
Lap-Welding Shop. In this installation pipes 76 to
152 mm in diameter were lap-welded from skelp. There were 4+ welding
machines in the shop, which had an estimated annual capacity of
30,000 MT.
Butt-Welding Shop. There were two butt-welding ma-
chines in the shop which produced pipe 12.5 to 73.5 mm in diameter.
Annual capacity was estimated at 30,000 MT.
Mannesmann Seamless Tube Shop. Two mills for the
production of seamless tubes, 57 to 9 mm in diameter, were installed
in the shop in 1931. In addition to piercing and sizing machines,
there was a tube-straightening machine. Adjacent to the shop was a
cold-drawing shop with ten drawing benches at 60, 30, and 15 MT,
respectively. Annual hot-rolled tube capacity was estimated at
50,000 MT. Of this amount approximately 1+2,000 MT, half hot-rolled
and half cold-drawn, were shipped out of the plant. The balance of
production was used by the pipe mill in its thin-walled tube depart-
ment.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Thin-Walled Tube Shop. There were 17 drawing benches
and 2 vertical. furnaces in the shop. Production capacity was esti-
mated at 6,000 MT per year, or an equivalent of a total length of
6: million m of thin-walled tubes. In-the face of the German advance,
the thin-walled tube shop was evacuated to Pervoural`sk in the Urals,
and it was not returned after the USSR recaptured the plant.
Metal Container Factory. There were 3 departments
for the production of containers in the shop: 1 department which
produced large containers and had a 450-kg hammer; another which also
produced large containers and casings for 100 kg bombs and had the
same size hammer; and the third shop which produced small containers
and had 5 75-kg hammers and 2 100-kg hammers. There were seven
cutting machines. Annual capacity was estimated at 300,000 large
containers, 600,000 small containers, and 110,000 bomb casings. 18
Three sources mentioned the presence of small bar
mills in the plant before the war, but there has been no mention of
them since. 19
Postwar Reconstruction. Little information is avail-
able on the renabilitation of Dnepropetrovsk Pipe Mill after World
War II. In 1946 it was announced that a new electric welding shop
had been built and that it would weld tubes 50.8 to 152.4 mm in dia-
meter. 20 In February 1947 the Mannesmann seamless tube mill went
into operation with an annual capacity of 30,000 MT, to be consumed
by the petroleum industry. 21 In May 1947 it was announced that an
electric pipe-welding shop had gone into production. 22
Improvements in Practices. In November 1947 it was
announced that (1) the butt-welding process of pipe and tube manu-
facture had been much improved by controlling the temperature of
skelp at a high level by air blast or enrichment by oxygen (02 ),
which had resulted in the welding of pipe with a single pass through
the welding die or bell, (2) heating of skelp in a three-zone fur-
nace also had been developed, (3) chain-drawing pipe stands were
replaced by sizing roll stands, (4) some stands were rebuilt for
drawing and welding pipe without pipe carriers, and (5) some of the
stands were transformed into movable and oscillating stands. 23
At Present. Since little damage was sustained by
the pipe mill during World War II, it is estimated that present capa-
cities of the mill are approximately the same as those existing before
- 230 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
the war, with perhaps some minor improvements in machinery and
processes which have resulted in slightly larger capacities.
Type of Finishing Mill
Estimated Annual Capacity
(Thousand MT)
Plate Mill
50
to
60
Universal Mill
45
to
55
Lap-welding Shop
30
to
40
Butt-welding Shop
30
to
40
Mannesmann Seamless Tube
Shop
44
to
52
Thin-walled Tube Shop
6
to
8
i. Intraplant Services.
Electric power is received by overhead cable from
the Donets-Dnepr power network. A transformer station at the plant
reduces 6,000-v line voltage to 380 v for plant use. 24
Water for the operation of installations is piped
into the plant area from Petrovski Metallurgical Plant, and drinking
water is received from the city of Dnepropetrovsk. 25
j. Products and Production.
Products. Production at Dnepropetrovsk Pipe Mill
is believed to include the same items that were produced before
World War II, with the possible exception of items for military
use, 26/"as follows: raw steel, special steel, skelp, plate, lap-
and butt-welded pipes and tubes, special profile tubing, tubing for
aircraft and vehicles, capillary tubing for thermometers, thin
tubing for syringes, boilers, metal containers -- including gas
cylinders, -- casings for 100 kg bombs, and aircraft fuel tanks
231 -
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
Production.
Production at Dnepropetrovsk
Estimate Estimate
Product 1933 1934 1935 1938 1941 1947 1952 1953
Raw Steel 97.0 101.0 121.8 140.1 195.0 300.0 30 325.6 Lo/
L7/ L8/ 28/ 27 29
Rolled Products 68.5 69.7 87.6 215.0* 224.4*
28 L8/ 31
Pipes and Tubes**
k. Distribution.
In April 1944, 18 MT of pipe were shipped to the
Petroleum Supply, Astrakhan! 32/ In November 1944 the plant was
scheduled to ship 31 MT of pipe to Krasny Kotelshchik Plant at
Taganrog. 33 In January 1945 the plant was scheduled to ship 18
MT of pipe to Krasny Kotelshchik Plant at Taganrog on the order of
Glavtukbina, Moscow. Before World War II the Dnepropetrovsk Pipe
Mill shipped out a rather high percentage of its production, such
as sheets, and at the same time it received strip and rounds for
pipe manufacture. In 1946 it supplied metal to its tube rolling
division independently. 34 In November 1947, 90 percent of all
seamless tubes and pipes made from high-quality steel and with
thick walls went to the armed forces. 35/ In February 1951 the
Dnepropetrovsk Pipe Mill was sending carloads of pipes and tubes to
the Volga-Don Canal Project. 36 In July 1951 Dnepropetrovsk Pipe
Mill was producing large electric-welded pipes for the Kuybyshev
GES. 37 In 1951, steel ingots cast at Dnepropetrovsk Pipe Mill
were shipped to Petrovski Metallurgical Plant for rolling and then
returned to the pipe mill for processing in the plate, skelp, and
tube mills. Special alloy and thin-walled tubing were supplied to
Based on an average yield of 72 percent.
There were no estimates of pipe and tube production.
S-E-C-R-E-T
Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
 Approved For Release 1999/09/02 : CIA-RDP79-01093A000600010003-9
S-E-C-R-E-T
the aircraft industry, and se